More annual reports from Crown Resorts Ltd:
2020 ReportPeers and competitors of Crown Resorts Ltd:
Vail ResortsCrown Limited
Annual Report 2012
Australia’s Leading
Integrated Resort Company
Crown Limited ABN 39 125 709 953
Annual General Meeting
Tuesday 30 October 2012
10.00 am (Perth time)
Astral Ballroom, Convention Centre
Crown Perth, Great Eastern Highway, Perth
Financial Calendar
Record date for dividend – 28 September 2012
Payment of final dividend – 12 October 2012
Annual General Meeting – 30 October 2012
2013 interim results – February 2013
Crown has created two
of Australia’s premier
tourism assets, cementing
our position as one of the
region’s leading operators
of integrated resorts.
1
Executive
Chairman’s Letter
6
Chief Executive
Officer’s Report
8
Portfolio of Integrated
Resort Assets
10
Crown Melbourne
14
Crown Perth
18
Melco Crown
Entertainment
20
Aspinall’s Club
20
Other
Investments
21
Sustainability
Report
52
Remuneration
Report
77
Financial
Report
29
Corporate Governance
Statement
73
Auditor’s Independence
Declaration
134
Shareholder
Information
38
Nevada Information
Statement
74
Independent Auditor’s
Report
136
Additional
Information
42
Directors’ Statutory
Report
76
Directors’
Declaration
137
Corporate
Information
Executive Chairman’s Letter
“ Our goal is to make
Crown a leading
global luxury brand.”
James Packer
Executive Chairman
Crown Limited
Dear fellow shareholders,
I am pleased to present Crown Limited’s 2012 Annual Report.
For the fi nancial year ended 30 June 2012, Crown announced a net profi t
of $513.3 million, an increase of 53% on 2011. A fi nal dividend of 19 cents
per share, franked to 50%, was announced, bringing the total dividend for
the year to 37 cents per share.
Overall, this was a solid result given softening domestic consumer sentiment
and disruptions due to refurbishments at our Australian resorts. Despite
ongoing weakness in the tourism sector over the last year, Crown
demonstrated that, by providing fi rst class facilities, we can continue
to attract a greater number of domestic and international visitors. Crown
also benefi ted from Melco Crown Entertainment’s strong result in Macau.
Crown remains focused on delivering the highest quality service in all
segments of our business and investing in our employees, who are our
most valuable asset. We also continue to invest in Australia’s tourism
infrastructure, demonstrating our confi dence in the future of Australia’s
economy and in the ability of our integrated resorts to effectively compete
as world-class tourist destinations.
Specifi cally, Crown has shown its long-term commitment to Perth with our
decision to re-brand Burswood to Crown Perth, enabling the property to
leverage off our internationally recognised Crown brand. In addition, we are
investing $568 million in the development of a new six-star, luxury hotel, to
be known as Crown Towers Perth. The 500-room luxury hotel will add to the
accommodation offerings at Crown Perth and will be a major boost to the
local economy .
In the year ahead, we will be focusing on the performance of Crown
Melbourne and Crown Perth and management of their capital expenditure
projects. We will continue to work with Melco Crown Entertainment on
opportunities for further development of this business in Macau and the
region. We are also looking forward to working exclusively with Lend Lease
in relation to the proposed development of a world-class, six-star hotel resort
at Barangaroo South in Sydney.
To ensure that Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth remain among Australia’s
most visited tourist destinations, we will continue to work closely with
governments at all levels, as well as our other stakeholders.
On behalf of the Board, I wish to thank Crown’s management and staff
for their valued contributions during 2012. I would also like to thank you
for your continued support and interest as a shareholder of Crown Limited.
Yours faithfully,
James Packer
Executive Chairman
Crown Limited
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
1
Hotels
The fi ve hotels at Crown’s two integrated resorts
offer guests premium to luxury accommodation with
world-class amenities that include swimming pools,
day spas, and luxury villas. With over one million guest
nights1 this year, Crown’s hotels provided our local,
interstate and international guests with an excellent
range of accommodation options.
2
1. Guest nights is the sum of the number of nights stayed by each guest.
Dining
Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth offer customers
a full range of dining experiences, and this year served
over 14 million meals to our customers. There is a wide
range of cuisines, and customers can choose to dine at
any one of our numerous cafés and casual restaurants,
while for that special occasion, both properties have
outstanding premium restaurants.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
3
Gaming
Crown’s integrated resorts provide guests with
gaming experiences that offer everything from
exclusive VIP salons for international guests
to the vibrant and exciting main gaming fl oor.
Entertainment
Our entertainment venues and programs continue to
attract audiences and entertainers from throughout
Australia and from around the world. With events
including rock concerts, musicals, ballets, live theatre
and comedy acts, there is always something to
appeal to every taste.
4
Shopping
Crown’s collection of the world’s leading
designers – including Louis Vuitton, Prada,
Burberry, Bvlgari, Versace and Omega –
offers the ultimate shopping experience.
Events
Crown’s outstanding event facilities can host everything
from large-scale corporate conferences to exclusive
meetings, gala events, weddings and banquets. Our
facilities include ballrooms, conference centres and
meeting rooms that can be confi gured according to
requirements, ensuring that each guest experiences
an impressive and memorable occasion.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
5
Chief Executive Offi cer’s Report
The signifi cant capital expenditure program has
ensured that Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth
continue to be two of Australia’s premier tourist
destinations. Our growth capital expenditure is
progressively delivering benefi ts, and is expected
to be earnings and value accretive for shareholders.
Rowen Craigie Chief Executive Offi cer Crown Limited
Overview
Crown reported a normalised net profi t after tax (NPAT)1
of $415.0 million for the 12 months ended 30 June 2012,
an increase of 22% on 2011. Crown Melbourne and Crown
Perth achieved normalised revenue growth of 8.9% and
normalised EBITDA growth of 5.1%. Crown’s operating cash
fl ow was $570.7 million for the 12 months, and net debt,
excluding working capital cash, was $1,688.7 million at
30 June 2012.
Performance for the year ended 30 June 2012
($m)1
Group revenue
Expenditure
EBITDA2
EBIT3
Normalised net profi t after tax
Reported net profi t
1. Normalised
2. Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation
3. Earnings before interest and tax
2,727.5
(2,005.5)
722.0
503.7
415.0
513.3
From fi nancial year 2007 to date, more than $2.0 billion
of capital expenditure has been undertaken across both
Australian properties, reinforcing our position as one of
the region’s leading operators of integrated resorts.
The complex-wide capital projects completed at Crown
Melbourne have included the expansion and redevelopment
of our world-class VIP facilities, the upgrade of our premium
gaming facilities with the opening of the new Mahogany
Room, the construction of Crown Metropol Melbourne,
and the redevelopment and expansion of the West End
entertainment precinct. At Crown Perth, completed projects
have included the expansion of the main gaming fl oor,
signifi cant extension and refurbishment of the VIP facilities,
and the extensive upgrade and expansion of the food
and beverage offering.
Ongoing projects include the refurbishment of the main
gaming fl oor at Crown Melbourne, completion of the
renovation of Crown Metropol Perth, the construction
of Crown Perth’s multi-storey car park, and the planning
for Crown Towers Perth.
The signifi cant capital expenditure program has ensured
that Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth continue to be
two of Australia’s premier tourism destinations, capable of
competing with the best in the Asian region. The investment
in growth capital expenditure is progressively delivering
benefi ts and is expected to be earnings and value accretive
for shareholders.
The re-branding of Burswood to Crown Perth, so as to
align it with the internationally recognised Crown brand,
is expected to increase the number of international and
interstate visitors to Perth, especially from the strategically
important China market.
An Exclusive Dealing Agreement was signed with Lend
Lease Corporation Limited (LLC) in relation to a proposed
development of a world-class, six-star hotel resort at
Barangaroo South in Sydney. The Exclusive Dealing
Agreement provides Crown with the right to work exclusively
with LLC for up to twenty-four months to reach agreement
on certain key milestones for the hotel resort and to obtain
the necessary approvals for the project, including those
from the Barangaroo Delivery Authority and the New South
Wales Government.
Crown holds 10% of the shares of Echo Entertainment Group
Limited (EGP), and has applied to the New South Wales and
Queensland gaming regulators for approval to acquire more
than 10% of EGP, subject to a condition that Crown not
acquire more than 25% of shares in EGP without fi rst seeking
further approval from the gaming regulators. A decision is yet
to be made about granting Crown’s application.
Internationally, the results from our Macau joint venture,
Melco Crown Entertainment, were strong and were a major
contributor to the growth in NPAT for the Group.
1. Normalised Net Profi t After Tax represents results that have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play.
6
Australian Integrated Resorts
Overall, the results for Crown’s wholly-owned Australian
casinos, Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth, were mixed.
During the year, we saw reasonable revenue growth at both
properties, although in some areas this was offset by higher
operating costs. At Crown Melbourne, in particular, we saw
a softening of activity in some segments of main fl oor gaming
and non-gaming operations in the second half of the year, as
well as the effects on operating margins of disruption due to
refurbishments. Crown Perth benefi ted from the completion
of some of the capital refurbishment projects at the property,
especially the VIP facilities.
Across the two properties, normalised main fl oor gaming
revenue grew by 6.6%, VIP program play turnover grew
by 18.7%, and non-gaming revenue grew by 5.1%.
Normalised EBITDA from Crown Melbourne was
$510.6 million, up 1% on the prior corresponding period
(pcp). Reported EBITDA for the period was $564.2 million,
up 10.4% or $53.1 million on the pcp. This refl ected an
above theoretical win rate of 1.50%, which generated a
positive EBITDA variance of $53.6 million, compared to
a positive EBITDA variance of $5.4 million in the pcp
when the win rate was 1.37%.
A more detailed report on Crown Melbourne appears later
in this Annual Report.
Normalised EBITDA from Crown Perth was $226.3 million,
up 15.9% on the pcp. Reported EBITDA for the period
was $270.9 million, up 53.7% or $94.7 million on the pcp.
This refl ected an above theoretical win rate of 1.84% which
generated a positive EBITDA variance of $44.6 million,
compared to a negative EBITDA variance of $19.0 million
in the pcp when the win rate was 1.10%.
A more detailed report on Crown Perth appears later
in this Annual Report.
Melco Crown Entertainment (MCE)
MCE reported strong results for the twelve months to 30 June
2012. Crown’s share of MCE’s reported result for the year was
an equity accounted profi t of $135.8 million. Crown’s share
of MCE’s normalised result for the period was a profi t of
$92.1 million, after adjusting for an above theoretical win rate.
This solid result for MCE was primarily driven by improved
operating performance in all major segments. There was
an increase in gaming volumes, signifi cant improvements in
mass table games hold percentages, as well as increasing
contributions from the hotel, food and beverage, and
entertainment segments.
The Macau gaming market, as a whole, continued to show
strong growth, with gross gaming revenues up 29% during
the period. In the six months to June 2012, gross gaming
revenues were up 19% year-on-year, although VIP revenue
growth slowed.
Additional information about MCE and Crown’s other
investments appears later in this Annual Report.
Outlook
We remain focused on maximising the performance of our
Australian operations and we will endeavour to minimise the
disruption to customers from our capital expenditure program.
We have strengthened our Asian VIP sales force and will
continue to promote Crown to the region’s VIP market.
We will also continue to work closely with MCE to further
build the value of MCE’s businesses.
I would like to sincerely thank the Board for its support,
and all management and staff for their efforts in 2012.
Rowen Craigie
Chief Executive Offi cer
Figure 1
Crown Melbourne
Normalised Revenue and EBITDA Performance
Figure 2
Crown Perth
Normalised Revenue and EBITDA Performance
m
$
A
D
T
I
B
E
d
e
s
i
l
a
m
r
o
N
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
FY99
FY00
FY01
FY02
FY03
FY04
FY05
FY06
FY07
FY08
FY09
FY10
FY11
FY12
1800
1500
1200
900
600
300
0
m
$
e
u
n
e
v
e
R
d
e
s
i
l
a
m
r
o
N
m
$
A
D
T
I
B
E
d
e
s
i
l
a
m
r
o
N
250
200
150
100
50
0
FY99
FY00
FY01
FY02
FY03
FY04
FY05
FY06
FY07
FY08
FY09
FY10
FY11
FY12
800
640
480
320
160
0
m
$
e
u
n
e
v
e
R
d
e
s
i
l
a
m
r
o
N
Normalised EBITDA before Crown ownership
Normalised EBITDA since change in ownership
Normalised Revenue
Figures 1 and 2 show a year by year comparison of the normalised revenue and EBITDA at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth respectively.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
7
7
Portfolio of integrated resort assets
Melbourne
100% owned
Perth
100% owned
Macau
33.6% interest
(as at 30 June 2012)
8
Our goal is to create integrated resorts capable
of competing with the best in the Asian region.
CROWN MELBOURNE
(cid:122) Crown Melbourne operates 2,500 gaming
machines and has approval to operate
500 table games.
(cid:122) Crown Towers Melbourne hotel has
480 guest rooms.
(cid:122) Crown Metropol Melbourne hotel has
658 guest rooms.
(cid:122) Crown Promenade Melbourne hotel has
465 guest rooms.
(cid:122) Crown Conference Centre has 7,350 square
metres of conference and meeting facilities,
across three fl oors.
(cid:122) Banqueting facilities include the Palladium’s
1,500-seat ballroom and the Palms’ 900-seat
cabaret venue.
(cid:122) A broad selection of restaurants and bars
are provided in the complex, including many
of Melbourne’s fi nest.
(cid:122) Internationally recognised designer boutiques
and retail outlets.
(cid:122) Entertainment facilities include a multi-screen
cinema complex, a bowling alley, and an
interactive gaming auditorium.
(cid:122) Two luxurious day spas.
CROWN PERTH
(cid:122) Crown Perth has approval to operate 2,000
gaming machines and 220 table games.
(cid:122) Crown Metropol Perth hotel (formerly
InterContinental Perth Burswood) has
395 guest rooms.
(cid:122) Large-scale entertainment facilities include
the 20,000-seat Crown Perth Dome and
2,300-seat Crown Theatre Perth.
(cid:122) World-class conventions and events facilities.
(cid:122) Twenty-seven restaurants and bars and
(cid:122) Crown Promenade Perth hotel (formerly Holiday
a nightclub.
Inn Burswood) has 291 guest rooms.
(cid:122) Luxury day spa and retail outlets.
CITY OF DREAMS
(cid:122) City of Dreams operates more than
1,350 gaming machines and approximately
440 table games.
(cid:122) Crown Towers Macau hotel has approximately
300 guest rooms.
(cid:122) Hard Rock hotel has approximately
300 guest rooms.
(cid:122) Grand Hyatt hotel has approximately
800 guest rooms.
(cid:122) More than twenty restaurants and bars.
(cid:122) Wide range of retail brands.
(cid:122) Iconic and spectacular show – Franco
Dragone’s ‘The House of Dancing Water’
in the Theatre of Dreams.
(cid:122) Other key attractions include The Bubble
audio-visual experience and Club Cubic.
ALTIRA
(cid:122) The casino and hotel feature approximately
180 table games and approximately 200
guest rooms.
MOCHA CLUBS
(cid:122) A network of gaming lounges, with
approximately 1,600 gaming machines.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012
| Australia’s Integrated Resort Company
9
Crown Melbourne
The scale and quality of our extensive
refurbishment program has further
enhanced Crown Melbourne’s reputation
as a world-class integrated resort.
Greg Hawkins Chief Executive Offi cer Crown Melbourne
Overview
Crown Melbourne is Australia’s leading integrated resort,
welcoming approximately 18 million local, interstate, and
international visitors each year. The 550,000 square metre
complex includes high-end retail outlets, premium and
casual restaurants and cafés, gaming options, the Palladium
ballroom, a world-class convention centre, a cinema complex,
nightclubs, live entertainment venues, and three hotels with
more than 1,600 premium to luxury guest rooms.
Crown Melbourne is also Victoria’s largest single-site,
private sector employer, with more than 8,800 people
employed on site.
In this fi nancial year, normalised revenue grew by 7.6% and
normalised EBITDA grew by 1.0%. The growth in revenue
was largely attributable to increased main fl oor gaming and
VIP activity. EBITDA growth was less than revenue growth
due to higher VIP costs, the effects of refurbishment
disruptions, an increase in gaming machine tax, and
higher fi xed costs associated with the expanded footprint
of the property in advance of the full benefi ts of the
upgrade being realised.
Main gaming fl oor revenue grew by 6.6% for the year to
$991.9 million and normalised VIP program play revenue
increased by 15.0% to $481.0 million on turnover of
$35.6 billion. The growth in VIP program play is attributable
to the success of Crown’s continuing strategy to source
new customers from China, combined with its excellent
VIP facilities.
Non-gaming revenue grew 1.9% to $372.1 million.
Closures and disruptions during the refurbishment of a
number of Crown Melbourne’s key bars and restaurants
had a signifi cant effect on non-gaming activity. Two of
these, Atrium Bar and Conservatory restaurant, were
closed for a number of months, and since re-opening in
June, have proven to be extremely popular with customers.
Crown Melbourne Property Update
Developments and changes continued throughout the
property, the most notable of which were the extensive
refurbishment and expansion of the Mahogany Room
and the signifi cant redevelopment of the West End.
Work on the Mahogany Room was completed in October
2011. The extension includes world-class gaming facilities,
a new Mahogany Restaurant, and three private gaming
salons for the exclusive use of Mahogany customers. Taking
advantage of the site’s superb Yarra River frontage, there
are now exterior lounge and bar areas that fl ow into the
naturally-lit gaming fl oors. These refurbishments have
been very well received by customers.
Crown Melbourne’s premium facilities were also enhanced
by the addition of Club 23 and the signifi cant upgrade of
Level 29. Club 23 is a new and luxurious ultra-lounge with
an expansive cocktail bar and terrace that provides some
of the best views of Melbourne, while the refurbishment of
the gaming salons on Level 29 included the development
of an intimate 40-seat dining area.
These upgrades ensure that Crown Melbourne continues
to provide VIP guests with an exclusive experience in one
of the world’s best VIP gaming facilities. Crown Melbourne’s
VIP areas continue to receive international recognition.
This year, Crown Melbourne was awarded the International
Gaming Awards Casino VIP Room of the Year for its Level 39
salons, and was a fi nalist in the Victorian Property Council
awards in the Best Tourism and Leisure Development category.
At the West End, the gaming fl oor was transformed and now
includes premium and casual gaming, a variety of excellent
dining options, live entertainment, and sports streaming.
This area has become a vibrant and dynamic precinct,
successfully tailored to appeal to a younger demographic.
10
Mahogany Room, Crown Melbourne
Mahogany Restaurant, Crown Melbourne
The newly-located Crystal Club opened in September 2011,
offering guests an exclusive executive lounge, complete with
an al fresco dining experience. The extensively refurbished
Crown Towers Spa is now one of Melbourne’s most exclusive
and sophisticated spas, offering dedicated pampering areas
and treatment rooms for guests, adding to their luxury
experience at Crown Towers.
Other signifi cant work undertaken this year includes the
refurbishment of the Monte Carlo gaming room and the
refurbishment and expansion of Atrium Bar. Renovations to
the Conservatory restaurant added grandeur and a unique
English conservatory grace to this popular restaurant.
This innovative new approach to traditional buffet dining
has been well received by customers.
A project to rejuvenate the retail promenade was completed
in November 2011. New and upgraded retail tenancies
include Nine West, Bvlgari, LK Jewellery, Omega, Forever
New, and Subway. In addition, signifi cant lighting and
landscaping upgrades were made to the outdoor riverside
boulevard, including a public art project titled “The Wall”,
which was created by local artists under the direction
of Melbourne artist, Adrian Doyle.
In December 2011, Mings was opened in the space
previously occupied by the buffet restaurant, Santé. Mings
is a light-fi lled gaming room, complemented by a popular
dumpling and noodle bar.
Local Gaming and
Crown Signature Club
Crown Melbourne continues to invest in new gaming
products and technology to improve the entertainment
experience of customers. This year’s new products
include fully automated Grand Baccarat and multi-wheel
Rapid Roulette, while new ticket-in ticket-out technology
complements the range of electronic table games and
has increased customer satisfaction.
In partnership with Caesar’s Entertainment, Crown
Melbourne will be hosting the fi rst World Series of Poker
championship in Australasia. To be held during April 2013,
this event will be televised on the cable sports channel ESPN.
Crown Melbourne continued to enhance its premium facilities,
adding gaming machines to VIP gaming rooms and upgrading
The Riverside Café to offer a full á la carte service. Further
enhancements to The Riverside Café’s seating and décor
will be made in the fi rst half of 2013.
The Crown Signature Club loyalty program was expanded
so that members now enjoy benefi ts beyond Crown, and
a number of processes were revised to make it easier for
members to accumulate membership credits. Other benefi ts
provided to members and their guests included invitations
to several Crown events, the Spring Racing Carnival, and
the Australian Open Tennis Championship.
VIP Program Play
VIP Program Play turnover for the year was $35.6 billion,
an increase of 15.0% on the previous year. The rate of growth
of our VIP Program Play turnover slowed in the second half
of the year, which is consistent with the lower growth rates
reported in Macau and Singapore over the same period.
Hotels, Conferences and Retail
This year, Crown Melbourne’s three hotels provided
over 750,000 guest nights, which is a 6% increase on the
previous fi nancial year. The Conference Centre hosted over
580 events, which is a pleasing increase of approximately
10% on the previous year.
Crown Towers Melbourne was awarded the 2012 Gourmet
Traveller Reader’s Choice Award for Best Large Luxury Hotel,
and was a fi nalist in the Tourism Accommodation Australia
(TAA) State Awards for Excellence – Deluxe Accommodation
Hotel of the Year.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
11
Crown Melbourne continued
Club 23, Crown Melbourne
Crown Metropol Melbourne pool, Crown Melbourne
Crown Metropol Melbourne was awarded the 2011 Victorian
Tourism Award for Luxury Accommodation and was a fi nalist
in the 2011 Best Tourism and Leisure Development, awarded
by the Property Council of Australia. Developments at Crown
Metropol Melbourne included the opening of Mr Hive Kitchen
and Bar in December 2011, the re-launch of “28” (announced
as a fi nalist in the Hotel Bar of the Year in the 2012 TAA State
Awards for Excellence) for a broader clientele, and an upgrade
of the Crown Metropol Melbourne website. In addition, the
ISIKA Day Spa and Urban Retreat was a nominee for Best
Spa in the Australian Gourmet Traveller awards.
Crown Promenade Melbourne’s lobby underwent a signifi cant
upgrade and refurbishment, which included the installation of
contemporary sculptures and other artworks, along with new
carpet and furnishings. Crown Promenade Melbourne was
the winner of the 2012 Superior Accommodation Hotel of the
Year, and Tonic Bar was a fi nalist in the 2012 Hotel Bar of the
Year, both awarded by the TAA State Awards for Excellence.
Two new luxury brands, Bvlgari and Omega, opened at
Crown Melbourne this year, and LK Boutique expanded and
moved into a new location. Another three luxury brands have
been confi rmed to open at Crown Melbourne later this year:
Hugo Boss, IM Lingerie, and Paspaley Pearls.
Restaurants and Bars
Crown Melbourne expanded its food and beverage offering
signifi cantly this year with the opening of four new food
and beverage outlets in the West End. Designed to appeal
to a younger demographic, these new dining options include:
The Merrywell, with a contemporary pub menu; Cotta,
an upmarket café; the Common Room, where guests can
watch sporting action on any of the twelve TV screens; and
the Premium Room. Café Baci re-opened after a signifi cant
refurbishment, and Lucky Chan expanded and moved to
a more central location.
At the eastern end of the property, the refurbished and
upgraded Atrium Bar and Conservatory restaurant opened
in June 2012. Atrium Bar now offers an extensive beverage
menu and Conservatory has a variety of international
cuisines available from an array of interactive culinary
stations. Other developments included a refurbishment
of Lagerfi eld, an upgrade and expansion to Emporio della
Pasta, and the conversion of Santé buffet to Mings Dim Sum.
Crown Melbourne’s restaurants and bars continued
to receive numerous awards. Nobu was awarded 2011
Best Asian Restaurant, and the Banqueting and Events
Department was awarded Best Events Caterer, both
presented by Restaurant & Catering Victoria Awards for
Excellence. Other awards included both the Australian and
Victorian George Mure Memorial Professional Development
Award 2011 for the professional development and training
of chefs undertaken at Crown Melbourne, as well as the
Hall of Fame Award 2011, awarded to Crown Melbourne
by Restaurant & Catering Victoria. Most recently, four of
Crown Melbourne’s restaurants received awards in the 2012
Restaurant & Catering Victoria Awards for Excellence: Nobu
– Best Modern Asian Restaurant; Silks – Best Chinese
Restaurant; Conservatory – Best New Restaurant; and
Crown Melbourne’s apprentice chef program won the
George Mure Memorial Professional Development Award.
Rockpool Bar & Grill was awarded two hats in the recently
released Age Good Food Guide Awards, whilst both Bistro
Guillaume and Spice Temple were awarded one hat. Six of
Crown Melbourne’s restaurants also feature in the guide:
the Atlantic; Giuseppe Arnaldo & Sons; Koko; Mr Hive; Nobu;
and Silks. In addition, Spice Temple, Rockpool Bar & Grill,
Sho Noodle Bar, and The Waiting Room received recognition
across a number of categories.
12
In conjunction with the Victoria Racing Club and its offi cial
partners, Crown Melbourne again hosted the offi cial ‘Live
Site’ on the Crown Riverwalk during the Spring Racing
Carnival, where an estimated 80,000 people enjoyed
live entertainment, big screen racing action, give-aways,
and the Riverside Carnival Bar.
The Palms and Crown Melbourne’s two nightclubs, Co.
and Fusion, showcased a diverse range of artists, including
New Kids on the Block, Timomatic, Havanna Brown, Wayne
Brady, The Voice, Burn the Floor, and Andrew Wishart.
This year, Crown Conference Centre hosted over 580
conferences, providing a world-class service to more than
370 businesses and associations who chose to hold their
events at Crown Melbourne. Notable events included the
Shell Conference 2012, the Australian Grains Industry
Conference, the Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply
Australia (CIPSA) Conference, the Annual Conference of
the Industrial Electronic Engineers Society, the ANZ Small
Business Summit, and the Pfi zer National Sales Conference.
Continuing a strong and long-standing partnership, Crown
Melbourne also participated in the 20th Melbourne Food
and Wine Festival held at the Royal Exhibition Building.
The most prestigious event in the festival’s program was the
Gala Dinner, which was developed by event organisers in
conjunction with Crown Melbourne who provided food, staff,
and equipment, as well as arranging for four international
guest chefs to attend and prepare a three-course meal
for over 1,000 guests.
Many of Crown Melbourne’s apprentice chefs received
recognition in a number of awards and competitions,
including fi rst prize in the Les Toques Blanches Award, the
2011 La Chaîne des Rôtisseurs Award, the 2011 Thierry
Marx Award, and the Best 2nd Year Cookery Apprentice.
Other awards included a silver and a bronze medal in the
State fi nal of the 2011 AUSTAFE.
In addition, one of Crown Melbourne’s culinary trainers was
awarded second place in the highly respected Bocuse d’Or
competition. Crown Melbourne’s external Commercial Cookery
apprenticeship program won the 2012 Victorian Skills Training
Awards in the category Apprentice Development and is now
an entrant in the 2012 Australian Training Awards, the winner
of which will be announced in November 2012.
Crown remains focused on providing responsible service of
alcohol in order to ensure a safe and pleasant environment
for all customers and employees. Demonstrating our ongoing
diligence in this area, we have increased the number of RSA
offi cers and continue to provide relevant staff training.
Entertainment and Events
This year, the Palladium ballroom again hosted some of
Australia’s most notable events, including the 54th TV Week
Logie Awards, the Cricket Australia Allan Border Medal,
and the prestigious 2011 Presidents Cup Gala Dinner.
One of the highlights was the hosting of the AFL Brownlow
Medal at the Palladium, attended by over 900 guests and
televised live nationally. In September 2011, Crown
Melbourne and the AFL signed a landmark deal, securing
the Brownlow Medal at the Palladium for a further six years,
with this year’s event the fi rst of these.
During Victoria’s annual Spring Racing Carnival, the Palladium
was home to a number of Victoria Racing Club’s offi cial
events, including the Crown Oaks Club Ladies Luncheon,
and the Call of the Card.
The Palladium ballroom, Crown Melbourne
The Merrywell, West End, Crown Melbourne
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
13
Crown Perth
Crown backs Perth with a $568 million
investment in a new luxury hotel project,
Crown Towers Perth.
Barry Felstead Chief Executive Offi cer Crown Perth
Overview
Crown Perth is one of Western Australia’s largest tourist
destinations, attracting more than seven million local, interstate,
and international visitors each year. With approximately
5,600 people employed on site, it is also the state’s largest
single-site employer.
Comprised of two quality hotels, a world-class convention
centre, gaming options, twenty-seven restaurants and bars,
a nightclub, a 2,300-seat theatre, a 20,000-seat indoor
stadium, a day spa, and retail outlets, Crown Perth provides
customers with an exceptional range of entertainment and
tourism offerings.
This year, Crown Perth has undergone a signifi cant
transformation. The large-scale and complex-wide capital
expenditure program has given Crown Perth a range of
hotel and VIP facilities that are among the best in the region.
In addition, to leverage off the internationally recognised
Crown brand, Burswood was re-branded as Crown Perth
in September 2012.
Crown Perth’s fi nancial results indicate the success of the
signifi cant expansion and refurbishment program, which
has proved to be popular with local and international guests.
In this fi nancial year, normalised revenue grew by 12.1%
and normalised EBITDA grew by 15.9%.
Main gaming fl oor revenue grew by 6.5% for the year
to $440.8 million. Normalised VIP program play revenue
increased by 32.1% to $154.3 million on turnover of
$11.4 billion. The increase was primarily a result of the
completion of world-class VIP accommodation, and Crown’s
ongoing strategy to source new players from China.
Non-gaming revenue grew by 12.0% to $190.1 million,
growth that is attributable to improved trading at both
hotels, a strong line-up of shows at the Crown Theatre
Perth, and the refurbishment and expansion of the food
and beverage offering.
As announced in August 2012, the planned development
of the six-star Crown Towers Perth hotel will further enhance
Crown Perth’s offering, enabling it to effectively compete
with integrated resorts throughout the Asia-Pacifi c region.
Including the initial acquisition price of the resort, the
development of the new hotel will take Crown’s total
investment in the Crown Perth resort to over $2.2 billion.
Crown Perth Property Update
Crown Perth has undergone a signifi cant transformation
this year, including upgrades to the VIP facilities, hotels,
restaurants, and gaming areas. This transformation has
fi rmly established Crown Perth’s ability to successfully
operate in the international tourism market.
Of particular note was the construction and opening of the
two unique and exclusive VIP Mansions at Crown Perth, the
expansion of the main gaming fl oor, and the enhancement
of the food and beverage offerings.
The much anticipated opening of the Infi nity Sky Gaming
Salon took place in October 2011. Providing premium
gaming facilities and world-class service, the salon has
been well received by customers, with its magnifi cent
views of the Swan River and the city skyline.
The completion of the Mansions, two six-star VIP villas, has
reinvigorated VIP interest in the property, as they provide
an exceptional level of quality and exclusivity. The level
of luxury experienced by guests at the Mansions clearly
showcases Crown Perth’s capacity to provide world-class
products and services, particularly for international VIPs.
Exceptionally well-appointed and positioned beside the
new pool area, the Mansions enhance Crown Perth’s
international gaming offering.
The extension to the main gaming fl oor was opened in
September 2012, accommodating new gaming product
and complementing the contemporary entertainment
facilities now offered at Crown Perth. These upgraded areas
have been well received by customers and refl ect the new
14
The Mansions and Crown Metropol Perth pool, Crown Perth
The Mansions’ private pool, Crown Perth
level of vibrancy that Crown Perth provides to a diverse
range of guests. To complement the signifi cant upgrades
to the property, we are constructing a new multi-storey
car park, expected to open early in 2014.
and international business travellers, as well as Crown
Perth’s VIP guests. It will also provide a new standard of
accommodation in Perth, and fi rmly position Perth as a
leading tourism destination providing resort-style experiences.
Additionally, the state government has agreed not to oppose
Crown Perth’s application for 500 additional gaming machines
and 130 additional gaming tables, including new private
gaming salons. This increase in gaming product would be
rolled out over the next fi ve years, subject to the approval of
the Gaming and Wagering Commission of Western Australia.
Crown Perth will be working with the state government over
the next three years to facilitate the smooth implementation
of this signifi cant and exciting project.
Crown Metropol Perth (formerly the InterContinental hotel)
now offers a fi ve-star luxury accommodation experience,
as the complete refurbishment and refi t of all foyers, guest
rooms, suites, and a stunning new lobby area is almost
complete. Another exciting project completed this year
was the extensive upgrades to Crown Metropol Perth’s
luxurious pool and spa area.
Crown Towers Perth
Crown Towers Perth will add another dimension to Crown
Perth’s already extensive offering. When complete, it will be
the largest hotel in Perth and will increase hotel room capacity
at Crown Perth to nearly 1,200 rooms. Construction is
expected to commence in early 2013, and the hotel, which
will take approximately three years to complete, will comprise
500 luxury rooms as well as restaurants, bars, and resort
and convention facilities.
This is a timely development for Perth, as the luxury
accommodation that Crown Towers Perth will provide
is expected to satisfy the requirements of domestic
Artist’s impression of Crown Towers Perth, Crown Perth
Artist’s impression of Crown Towers Perth, Crown Perth
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
15
Crown Perth continued
Infi nity Suite, Crown Perth
Private dining at Crown Metropol Perth, Crown Perth
Local Gaming and Crown Club
This year, the local gaming operation achieved revenue
growth of 6.5%. The upgraded premium facilities were the
primary contributors to this growth, including the newly
refurbished and relocated Riviera Room, which features
high-limit table games, and the expanded Meridian Room
that offers a premium gaming machine experience and
a dedicated café.
Investment in new gaming machine product has been well
received by customers, as has the introduction of variations
on traditional table games.
As part of the rebranding of Crown Perth, the loyalty
program has been renamed Crown Club, and now offers
greater rewards and benefi ts for members. During the year,
membership continued to steadily increase.
VIP Program Play
Recently completed luxury facilities, including the Infi nity Sky
Gaming Salon and the two luxury Mansions, have positioned
Crown Perth as one of the best VIP gaming destinations
in the world. As a result of the development of these
world-class facilities, VIP Program Play experienced solid
growth in the fi nancial year, despite the strong competition
from integrated resorts in South East Asia.
Hotels
The two hotels at Crown Perth were both re-branded
in June 2012 to become Crown Metropol Perth and Crown
Promenade Perth respectively. Together, they provided
approximately 290,000 guest nights, with Crown Metropol
maintaining its position as the leading luxury hotel in Perth,
despite the extensive refurbishment program.
The Crown Metropol Perth refurbishment included the
development of the exclusive Infi nity Suites and signifi cant
extensions to the main pool, taking advantage of Perth’s
natural environment and temperate climate. The newly
constructed Vegas-style outdoor pool facilities include
The Enclave, comprised of six lavish, private cabanas
with personal plunge pool and dedicated hosts, a quiet
adult-only area, and a separate children’s pool complete
with waterslides.
To further enhance Crown Perth’s luxury product offerings,
ISIKA Spa and ISIKA Fitness were both opened in early 2012,
providing guests with the chance to indulge in a range of
special treatments and consultations.
Restaurants and Bars
Asian restaurant Nobu opened this year and was recently
awarded Best Asian Restaurant at the prestigious 2012
Savour Australia Restaurant & Catering HOSTPLUS Awards
for Excellence.
The Food Court also opened this year, offering an extensive
and varied range of options for guests. Final upgrades are
scheduled to be completed in the second half of 2012.
Also in the second half of 2012, there will be several new
inclusions to the restaurant and bar portfolio, including
Bistro Guillaume, The Merrywell, Fusion and Groove bars,
Cotta café on the main gaming fl oor, and the Junction Grill.
Silks Restaurant will open in the fi rst half of 2013, replacing
the current Cantonese offering, Yú.
Atrium Buffet and Lobby Lounge have continued to
perform well since their refurbishment and relaunch in 2010,
and Carbon Sports Bar continued to trade successfully,
capitalising on key events such as the Rugby World Cup
and Euro 2012.
16
Crown Perth hosted a number of specialty dining
experiences during the year, including the Nobu Omakase
dinner and ceremonial Nobu launch, and several highly
successful promotions undertaken in collaboration with
Crown Perth’s premium beverage partners. During the
year, a number of special offers have continued to increase
customer numbers at Crown Perth’s casual restaurants
Carvers, Snax, 88 Noodle Bar, and The Food Court.
The quality of Crown Perth’s restaurants and bars has been
recognised by several industry awards. Neil Perry’s Rockpool
Bar & Grill Perth won Best Hospitality Venue and Restaurant
Within a Hotel in the Australian Hotels Association’s (AHA)
Hospitality Awards for Excellence, as well as Best New
Restaurant, awarded by the Catering Institute of WA.
Modo Mio and Yú both received Good Food Guide Gala
Awards, with Modo Mio being awarded a ‘one star’, as well
as winning Best Italian Restaurant – Formal in the 2012
Savour Australia Restaurant & Catering HOSTPLUS
Awards for Excellence.
Having won the National AHA Award for Excellence three
years in a row, Carbon Sports Bar was this year inducted
into the Hall of Fame as Best Sporting Entertainment Venue.
One of Crown Perth’s young chefs was the national winner
of La Chaîne des Rôtisseurs Jeune Commis Chef Award
and represented Australia in the world fi nals in Berlin in
September 2012.
Crown Perth’s restaurants and bars focus on responsible
service of alcohol (RSA), and continue to lead Perth’s
hospitality and tourism industry in RSA policies and practices,
ensuring that all guests and employees enjoy a safe and
pleasant environment.
Entertainment and Events
Entertainment and Events produced strong year-on-year
growth, driven predominately by presentation of the highly
successful shows Wicked! and Mary Poppins.
Both The Dome at Crown Perth and Crown Theatre Perth
held a range of major events during the year that attracted
more than 726,000 customers across both venues. This
is an increase of more than 29% on the previous period.
The Dome at Crown Perth hosted top national and
international artists including Top Gear Live, Roger Waters,
Nitro Circus, Taylor Swift, Miley Cyrus, Elton John, Dolly
Parton, Hyundai Hopman Cup, and the Holden Netball
Test Series.
Crown Theatre Perth enjoyed another record year, hosting
successful musicals and many live concerts with well-known
performers such as Janet Jackson and John Farnham,
and several performances of the British comedy quiz show,
QI Live. Show packages continued to be popular, and
contributed to driving business across the complex.
This year, Crown Perth focused on strengthening the
brand with competitive event pricing, and promotion of the
complex as a one-stop destination for all event business.
Major events held at Crown Perth this year included
the Commonwealth Business Forum – part of the
Commonwealth Heads of Government Meeting (CHOGM) –
Queensbury Rules Challenge Corporate Boxing, StyleAID,
Amanda Young Foundation Ball, and West Coast Eagles
Club Champion Awards & 25 Year Ball. Crown Perth has
also sponsored numerous local events, cultural activities,
and other community-based programs.
Infi nity Sky Gaming Salon, Crown Perth
Production of Mary Poppins at Crown Theatre Perth, Crown Perth
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
17
Melco Crown Entertainment
MCE’s solid trading result was primarily driven by the improvement
in City of Dreams’ mass market table games operations, which
is providing a more stable and profi table gaming mix.
City of Dreams, Macau
As at 30 June 2012, Crown held a 33.6% equity interest in
Melco Crown Entertainment (MCE), a joint venture between
Crown and Melco International Development Limited. MCE
has a dual listing, it was listed on the NASDAQ in December
2006, and completed a listing by introduction to the Stock
Exchange of Hong Kong in December 2011. The joint venture
has two premium properties (City of Dreams and Altira Macau),
operates Mocha Clubs, and has a 60% equity interest in
Macau Studio City.
MCE reported strong results for the twelve months to
30 June 2012. Crown’s share of MCE’s normalised profi t
for the period was $92.1 million, after adjusting for an above
theoretical win rate. Crown’s share of MCE’s reported profi t
for the period was $135.8 million. MCE’s net debt, as at
30 June 2012, was US$531.8 million, and its net debt
to shareholders equity was approximately 15%.
The solid trading result was primarily driven by improved
operating performance in all major segments. There was
an increase in gaming volumes, signifi cant improvements
in mass table games hold percentages, and increased
contributions from the hotel, food and beverage, and
entertainment segments.
In the twelve months to 30 June 2012, the Macau gaming
market as a whole continued to show strong growth, with
gross gaming revenues up by 29%. However, the rate of
growth in VIP revenues slowed in the second half, particularly
in the fourth quarter. MCE’s 2012 June quarter results
highlighted the strong year-on-year improvements in the
operating fundamentals of MCE’s mass market segments,
with mass market table games operations providing
a more stable and profi table gaming mix, particularly
at City of Dreams.
18
Macau Harbour, Macau
MCE remains confi dent of the future of Macau, and believes
its outlook is well supported by the long-term growth and
increasing consumerism in its core feeder market, China,
as well as a progressive and stable regulatory environment.
Similarly, the infrastructure and development blueprint for
Macau and the broader region will further support Macau’s
position as the leading leisure and tourism destination in Asia.
These developments include the Intercity Mass Rapid Transit
rail network in China, Hong Kong-Zuhai-Macau Bridge,
the permanent ferry terminal in Taipa, the Henqin Island
development, and the Macau Light Rail.
In the fi rst six months of 2012, Chinese visitors to Macau
increased by 8.5% on the pcp, which represents approximately
60% of all visitors to Macau, while visitors from Hong Kong
and Taiwan contributed 26% and 4% respectively.
City of Dreams
MCE opened several differentiated entertainment and dining
offerings at City of Dreams this year, aimed at enhancing its
appeal to the mass market. The City of Dreams Signature
Club opened a new premium mass gaming area, located in
the lobby of the Grand Hyatt Macau, that delivers a customised
and luxurious gaming experience to key customers while
setting a new standard for premium mass gaming in Macau.
The fi rst Hard Rock Café in Macau was opened, providing
a new and exciting dining option, and Taboo, a cabaret style,
Franco Dragone inspired show, opened at Club Cubic in
July 2012. These new offerings demonstrate a commitment
to diversify the leisure and entertainment options available
to Macau’s visitors.
MCE continues to evaluate the next phase of its development
plan at City of Dreams, which, subject to government
approvals, will include another luxury hotel.
Studio City
MCE has a 60% equity interest in Studio City. In August 2012,
MCE announced that the Macau Government has given
formal land grant approval and permit to restart construction
of the Studio City project. Studio City, a large-scale integrated
resort, will include signifi cant gaming capacity, fi ve-star hotel
offerings, and numerous entertainment, retail, and food and
beverage outlets. It will aim to attract a diverse range of
customers, focusing on the increasingly important mass
market segment in Asia, particularly from China.
MCE estimates that the construction cost of the Studio City
project will be approximately US$1.9 billion. MCE is currently
working through the fi nancing plans, which are expected to
include a bank loan and other forms of debt fi nancing.
With its destination theming, unique and innovative interactive
attractions, and strong Asian focus, Studio City is designed
to capture the increasingly important mass market segment.
MCE believes that the location of Studio City, adjacent to
the Lotus Bridge immigration checkpoint and one of the
proposed light rail stations, is a key competitive advantage.
Philippines Development
In July 2012, MCE entered a memorandum of agreement
with SM Group, Belle Corporation, and Premium Leisure
and Amusement Inc., to form a consortium to develop and
operate a casino, hotel, and retail and entertainment complex
in Manila, in the Philippines. The formation of the consortium
remains subject to a number of conditions precedent. MCE
believes that entering a new jurisdiction offers the company
an opportunity to diversify its exposure in Asia and deliver
incremental sources of earnings and cash fl ow.
Subject to realising the conditions of the memorandum
of agreement, MCE’s contribution to the cost of this
project up to its opening is estimated to be approximately
US$580 million, consisting of cash, group cash fl ows,
and debt fi nancing.
Map showing location of the Studio City Project
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
19
Aspinall’s Club
The Aspinall’s Club is a high-end London casino. It is one
of only fi ve licensed casinos in London’s prime West End
entertainment district. This year represents the fi rst full year
of Crown’s ownership of Aspinall’s Club.
Normalised EBITDA from Aspinall’s Club was $20.6 million.
Reported EBITDA for the period was $1.7 million, due to
a below theoretical win rate.
Aspinall’s Club, London
Aspinall’s Club, London
Other Investments
Tabcorp Holdings Limited (TAH)
Crown acquired a 4.9% economic interest in TAH prior to
the Tabcorp demerger. Subsequent to year end, Crown has
disposed of its remaining economic interest in TAH.
Echo Entertainment Group Limited (EGP)
Crown acquired a 4.9% economic interest in EGP as part
of the Tabcorp demerger. On 24 February 2012, Crown
increased its interest in EGP to 10% and applied to the
Independent Liquor and Gaming Authority of New South
Wales and the Queensland Attorney General (Regulators)
seeking consent to increase its voting power in EGP
beyond 10%.
In July 2012, Crown amended its application for regulatory
approval from the Regulators to acquire more than 10% of
the shares in EGP, subject to a condition that Crown not
acquire more than 25% of the shares in EGP without fi rst
seeking and obtaining a further approval from the Regulators.
The Regulators have accepted the amendment to Crown’s
application, but no decision has yet been made as to whether
to grant Crown’s application.
20
Cannery
Crown continues to hold a 24.5% equity share in Cannery
Casino Resorts, LLC. Crown did not receive a distribution of
any profi ts, nor did Crown recognise any earnings from Cannery
during the period, as the investment is not equity accounted.
Betfair
Crown’s equity accounted share of Betfair’s net profi t was
$3.1 million. The profi t includes the benefi t of a refund of
overpaid GST as a result of a settlement with the Australian
Tax Offi ce (ATO). Betfair’s appeal to the High Court against
the judgement of the Full Federal Court in its case against
Racing NSW and Harness Racing NSW was unsuccessful.
Betfair remains optimistic about its position in the
Australasian marketplace.
Aspers Group
In December 2011, the Aspers Group opened a new casino
in Stratford, London, within the new Westfi eld shopping
complex, which is adjacent to the 2012 Olympic Games site.
Trading at the new casino has been encouraging. The Aspers
Group recently won its bid for a new casino licence in Milton
Keynes, and plans are underway to commence the fi t-out
of the property. The casino is expected to open by the end
of the 2013 fi nancial year.
Sustainability Report: Our People
To offer world-class service, we invest in our people –
we recruit, develop and retain the best talent within the industry.
Employment Headcount FY05 – FY12
13,112
13,199
12,650
14,437
13,817
11,587
10,925
10,065
16,000
14,000
12,000
10,000
8,000
6,000
4,000
2,000
0
Crown Perth
Contractors
Tenancies
Employees
Crown Melbourne
Contractors
Tenancies
Employees
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
and managers, are currently undertaking training within the
Australian Qualifi cations Framework. The Learning Pathways
program won B-HERT’s 2011 Best Vocational Education
and Training Collaboration award.
Over 800,000 hours of training was delivered in fi nancial
year 2012, which is a 62% increase on 2011, and there was
a 12% increase in the number of employees completing
a Certifi cate III qualifi cation. In total, there were over
50,000 training enrolments, which is an increase of 8.9%.
Crown Melbourne has enjoyed success with a number
of human resources awards. We won the 2012 Victorian
Training Award in the Apprentice Development category, as
well as the Organisational and Staff Development category
at the Learning and Technology Impacts Awards, and the
Recommended Employer award at the 2012 Australian
Business Awards. We also had a trainee who was one of
just four fi nalists in the Victorian Trainee of the Year award.
We were a fi nalist for Best Learning and Development
Strategy 2011 and Most Innovative New Media Recruitment
Campaign 2011 in the Australian HR awards, the Fairfax
People’s Choice for Employer of Choice 2011, and in the
2012 Victorian Training Awards – Employer of the Year.
A growing number of employees have been recruited through
our Indigenous Employment Program. This year, we hired
fi fteen Indigenous employees, bringing the total number to
sixty-six. Our program is considered a model program by
Generation One and the AEC, and was featured in Generation
One’s Case Studies for Success report. It has also received
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
21
Crown College, Crown Melbourne
More than 14,400 people contribute to providing world-class
service at Crown’s two Australian integrated resorts. In both
Victoria and Western Australia, Crown is the largest single-site
private sector employer and focuses on recruiting, developing,
and retaining quality employees.
Our Indigenous Employment Programs at both properties
continued to work towards accomplishment of the pledge
that Crown undertook as a signatory to the Australian
Employment Covenant (AEC), which supports the federal
government’s ‘Closing the Gap’ strategy. We have again won
awards that recognise our commitment and achievements
in the employment of Indigenous Australians, including
the prestigious Australian Business Awards’ Community
Contribution Award 2012.
This year we have seen signifi cant developments in Crown
Melbourne’s Disability Employment Program, which is run in
collaboration with WISE Employment. We are very pleased
to report that Crown Perth also commenced a Disability
Employment Program this year, and is now positioned to
grow and provide quality services in this important area.
Crown Melbourne
With more than 8,800 people working on site at Crown
Melbourne and total employment expenditure of more than
$460 million, we remain Victoria’s largest single-site private
sector employer. We continue to invest in training and
development, providing employees with a career pathway
aligned to qualifi cations, through Crown College’s Learning
Pathways. More than 1,200 employees, including supervisors
Sustainability Report: Our People continued
a number of awards, including the 2011 Wurreker Best
Employer of the Year, the 2011 Fairfax Employment Media
Award for Best Diversity Marketing Strategy, and the
Individual Laureate Award for Diversity & Inclusion 2011.
We have implemented a number of new initiatives to
attract quality employees, including Crown’s largest ever
employment brand campaign – Be a Part of What Makes
Us Shine – which reached an audience of approximately
800,000 people. A dedicated Crown Careers website and
mobile phone site were launched this year and we made
widespread use of social media platforms including LinkedIn,
Twitter, and Facebook.
There was a signifi cant increase in the number of
employees recruited through our Disability Employment.
The program began in 2009 and has assisted more than
forty-fi ve people to gain employment, and has achieved
a very pleasing retention rate of 95%. The program was
a fi nalist in the 2011 Diversity@ Work awards in the
category of Disability Employment.
Health and Safety at Crown Melbourne remains of critical
importance to the leadership team and this year’s focus
has been on injury prevention and management, aimed
at reducing the frequency and severity of workplace injuries
through the continued emphasis on early intervention and
return to work initiatives.
Crown Perth
With approximately 5,600 people working on site, Crown Perth
remains Western Australia’s largest single-site private sector
employer. Crown Perth continues to implement successful
recruitment strategies as well as a solid learning and development
strategy that delivers talented and skilled employees.
Crown Perth currently has more than 720 apprentices and
trainees completing nationally accredited training, as well
as nearly 200 employees participating in the Leadership
Development Program. These programs not only ensure that
we have employees with the skills and knowledge needed to
operate a world-class tourism destination, they also provide
employees with a qualifi cation that is recognised throughout
Australia and well regarded in many other countries. Programs
such as these also demonstrate Crown Perth’s commitment
to the professional development of our employees.
The Indigenous Employment Program also continues to
be successful: we currently have sixty-fi ve Indigenous
Australians employed across the business in many different
roles. We are immensely proud of our contribution to the
achievement of Crown’s AEC pledge, and we look forward
to continued success as we liaise closely with the local
Indigenous communities as well as other community
bodies with whom we work in this important area.
Crown Perth has successfully satisfi ed the employment
needs of the business, despite the increasingly competitive
labour market in Western Australia. This success has been
due to a number of concerted and sustained recruitment
campaigns that have emphasised the benefi ts and
advantages of working at Crown Perth. By focusing on the
employee value proposition, these campaigns have resulted
in a signifi cant increase in the level of interest in careers at
Crown Perth, and we are now in a strong position to recruit
and develop candidates of an increasingly higher calibre.
Early in 2012, Crown Perth implemented a Disability
Employment Program. Amongst several noteworthy
achievements was the signing of a Memorandum of
Understanding with the National Disability Recruitment
Coordinator service (NDRC). The NDRC promotes our job
vacancies to Disability Employment Services providers,
which has been of considerable benefi t to Crown Perth.
Having now established the program, Crown Perth is
looking forward to further success as it develops.
Crown College, Crown Melbourne
Crown Perth Employee of the Year presentation
22
Sustainability Report: Responsible Gaming
Crown is a world leader in responsible gaming initiatives.
We allocate signifi cant resources to raising awareness of
responsible gaming, and to helping customers to successfully
manage and enjoy their gaming at Crown. We are immensely
proud of our long-standing commitment to responsible
gaming, and continue to lead the development and
implementation of new initiatives in this area.
Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gaming Support Centre
was a world-fi rst initiative when fi rst introduced in 2002.
Staffed by specially trained Responsible Gaming Liaison
Offi cers, the Centre offers its counselling and other services
twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, and provides a
range of brochures, in English and other languages. Crown
Perth also offers a similar range of services, and is available
to support customers around the clock at its dedicated facility.
As an industry leader, we take our responsibility in this
area very seriously, and this is clearly demonstrated by our
establishment of a Board Committee, chaired by Crown
Director, Professor John Horvath. The Responsible Gaming
Committee meets regularly to review and monitor the
effectiveness of Crown’s responsible gaming programs,
and to promote awareness of responsible gaming issues.
The comprehensive training and education that every employee
receives is the cornerstone of our responsible gaming program.
All employees begin their responsible gaming training on their
fi rst day of employment at Crown in the corporate induction
program, and continue to receive training throughout their
employment at Crown. The training focuses on compliance
with legislative and policy requirements, and ensures that
employees can identify observable signs that a customer may
be experiencing diffi culty, and can then direct the customer
to the Responsible Gaming Support Centre or a Responsible
Gaming Liaison Offi cer.
Crown has also implemented the Play Safe Limit Program,
a world-fi rst responsible gaming initiative at Crown Melbourne
and Crown Perth. This is a voluntary pre-commitment system
that we introduced at Crown Melbourne in 2003, and then at
Crown Perth. It allows Crown Signature Club members who
play gaming machines and fully automated table games
to select their own time and/or spend limit.
Crown’s Self-Exclusion Program is a legally binding system
that enables a customer to ban themselves from entering
or remaining on the gaming fl oor.
Our Responsible Gambling Code of Conduct, is available in
numerous locations on and around the gaming fl oors at Crown
Melbourne and Crown Perth. The Code is specifi c to each
property, and is regularly reviewed by the relevant regulators.
Crown has implemented many effective programs to raise
awareness of responsible gaming, and continues to be
pro-active in our business-wide approach to responsible gaming.
Crown Melbourne
Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gaming Support
Centre marked its 10th anniversary in 2012, providing
an opportunity to refl ect on the Centre’s numerous and
signifi cant initiatives and achievements. Staffed by a
dedicated Responsible Service of Gaming (RSG) team,
comprised of managers, Responsible Gaming Liaison
Offi cers, psychologists, and a chaplain, the Centre provides
a range of specialised services for customers. These include
the Self-Exclusion Program, the Play Safe Limit Program,
the Chaplaincy Support Service, and counselling by
experienced psychologists.
The team engages at many levels with government and
community, including the Responsible Gambling Advocacy
Centre, and Gambler’s Help, and is represented on steering
committees and working groups in the Victorian Government’s
Responsible Gaming Ministerial Advisory Council.
The RSG team also trains employees in responsible gaming
policies and practices, helps to communicate the importance
of responsible gaming to individuals and the community, and
makes a considerable contribution to ensuring that Crown
Melbourne adheres to regulatory and legislative requirements.
Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gaming Support Centre celebrated its 10th anniversary in 2012
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
23
Sustainability Report: Responsible Gaming continued
Since its inception, Crown Melbourne has participated in
Responsible Gambling Awareness Week, and this year we
hosted an event, which was attended by Crown Melbourne
CEO Mr Greg Hawkins, players from the National Rugby
League’s Melbourne Storm, many Crown employees, and
representatives from various community organisations,
including Gambler’s Help. Our Chaplaincy Support Service
Chaplain, Father James Grant, spoke about the key themes
of the week and Crown’s commitment to responsible gaming.
During the year, the Centre received visits from government
offi cials from Singapore, and representatives from Gambler’s
Help and other community groups who are keen to learn
about the work conducted by the Centre.
Crown Melbourne co-sponsored and hosted the 21st
International Conference of the National Association for
Gambling Studies. During the conference, the Hon. Michael
O’Brien MP, Victorian Minister for Gaming, launched the
Monash and Melbourne University Problem Gambling and
Treatment Centre’s Guideline for Screening, Assessment
and Treatment in Problem Gambling.
Crown Melbourne was also represented at the Auckland
University of Technology Think Tank on Gambling Research,
Policy and Practice, bringing together gambling researchers,
offi cials and regulators, industry executives, and service
providers from around the world.
Other initiatives and activities undertaken this year include the
introduction of the responsible gaming message “Have you
had a break?” on gaming machines and fully automated table
games, the inclusion of information about the Responsible
Gaming Support Centre in guest information folders in all
three hotels, new Table Games Limit signage, and participation
in the Responsible Gambling Advocacy Centre’s activities.
Crown Melbourne continues to commit to a whole-of-property
approach to RSG that includes multiple points of customer
information, a responsible gaming culture, continuous
improvement of our employee training programs, and
a dedicated and professional team within the Responsible
Gaming Support Centre. Our specialised services, along
with our resolute involvement in community and government
programs, refl ect the strong commitment that Crown
Melbourne has to RSG.
Crown Perth
Crown Perth’s Responsible Gaming Information Centre now
proudly offers support and assistance twenty-four hours
a day, seven days a week, giving our team the capability
to provide an increased level of support and advice to
customers, including referral services, self-exclusions,
and third party exclusions.
This year, we have focused on improving employees’
understanding of responsible gaming policies and practices,
and promoting RSG across the complex. A critical element of
this strategy is our active and highly successful participation
in the Leadership Program that is delivered to senior gaming
managers and supervisors. This program focuses on how
to identify behaviours that indicate that a customer may
be experiencing problems with their gambling, and how
to report to the RSG team. We have received very positive
feedback about the program, and we are looking forward
to continued success.
Crown Perth has continued to promote Player Activity
Statements, encouraging customers who play gaming
machines to review their gaming activity over a self-nominated
period of time. We encourage all customers to make wise
decisions about their gaming and to seek help if they feel
that our team will be able to assist them.
As in past years, the RSG team has continued to engage
with many stakeholders and agencies in the community.
Once again, we actively participated in the Responsible
Gambling Awareness Week, helping to raise awareness
of the importance of responsible gambling, and of our
RSG programs.
Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gaming Support Centre
Launch of Responsible Gambling Awareness Week at Crown Perth
24
Sustainability Report: Community
Crown has again made many valuable contributions to help
local communities, individuals, and charitable organisations.
We are proud to support numerous organisations that
provide services and support in many different areas,
as well as individuals who are suffering from severe
illnesses or traumatic events, such as natural disasters
and homelessness.
Through our sponsorship arrangements, use of facilities, and
donations of items such as food, equipment and employees’
time, Crown continues to demonstrate a genuine desire to
support those most in need in our many communities.
This year, Crown donated $300,000 to the Balibo House
Trust, a Victorian Government initiative to preserve Balibo
House as a memorial and Community Learning Centre run by
the local community. Balibo House facilities include a library,
computer classes, sewing machines, carpentry and mechanics
workshop, and a crèche for thirty children.
Many of our people also donate their time and expertise to
support a range of charities and charitable programs in their
capacity as Crown employees.
Crown Melbourne
Crown Melbourne provides assistance, donations, and
support to a broad range of worthy community activities
and charities, driven by the belief that Crown Melbourne
has both the responsibility and the opportunity to assist
local communities, charitable organisations, and individuals
touched by tragedy. This year, as in past years, Crown
Melbourne’s contributions included sponsorship
arrangements, employee time, use of facilities, and
the donation of Crown Melbourne packages.
For more than seven years, Crown Melbourne has
sponsored and hosted the My Room Ball. Formed in
1993 by three families whose children had undergone
chemotherapy, My Room supports the Oncology Unit
at The Royal Children’s Hospital in Melbourne.
Crown Melbourne sponsors and hosts Starry Starry Night,
which this year raised more than $700,000 for The Alannah
and Madeline Foundation.
Crown Melbourne also supported Challenge’s Robert Allenby
Gala Dinner, the Diamonds are a Girl’s Best Friend Dinner for
children living with cancer and other life-threatening blood
disorders, the Epworth Medical Foundation Dinner attended
by 1,000 guests, and Raelene Boyle’s 60th Birthday Dinner,
which raised money for the Breast Cancer Network Australia.
Over the past six years, the KOALA Foundation (Kids
Oncology And Leukaemia Action Foundation) has received
more than $8 million from its annual fundraising event that
Crown Melbourne hosts and sponsors, bringing together
some of Australia’s most infl uential people. This year’s Million
Dollar Lunch raised $1,212,000. Crown Melbourne again
donated food, prizes, raffl e items, and use of the Palladium,
and managers and employees assisted in the organisation
and set up of the event.
Crown partnered with several other national charities to
support their annual gala balls and events, including the
Kids Under Cover Umbrella Ball, the Ronald McDonald
House Charity Ball, and Lillian Frank’s Royal Children’s
Hospital Fashion Luncheon.
Crown Melbourne continues to sponsor and host The
Shane Warne Foundation, which holds a number of events
to raise money for charities that work with seriously ill and
underprivileged Australian children. Crown sponsored and
hosted the Foundation’s Boxing Day Breakfast, and the
Joe Hachem and Shane Warne Charity Poker Tournament.
Crown Melbourne is proud of the many employees who
enthusiastically volunteer their time and efforts in a number
of ways to benefi t the community. Each Christmas Day,
our employees support the Open Family Australia Christmas
program by packing and distributing more than 250 hampers
fi lled with ingredients donated by Crown Melbourne. This year,
employees also personally delivered hampers and other
special items, such as toys, to families and individuals
Crown supports Balibo House Trust
Melbourne Food & Wine Week presentation, Crown Melbourne
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
25
Sustainability Report: Community continued
throughout the broader Melbourne metropolitan area.
Hundreds of employees also purchased tickets in the
Cadbury Easter Egg Hunt, the proceeds of which contributed
to the Royal Children’s Hospital Good Friday Appeal.
Crown Melbourne employees also participate in numerous
sporting events that raise money for charity, including the
Variety Club of Victoria’s Santa Fun Run, Around The Bay
in a Day 100 km bike ride for The Smith Family, and the
MS Melbourne Summer Cycle 46 km ride to assist people
with multiple sclerosis.
Crown Perth
Crown Perth is proud of the funding, support, and employee
assistance that we provide to many worthwhile charities,
organisations, and individuals throughout Western Australia.
With more than forty community and corporate partnerships,
we are able to make a difference to many people’s lives.
Crown Perth’s Community Partnership Program includes
support of several not-for-profi t charity events, including
a number of gala balls that are always highly successful.
In October 2011, Crown Perth pledged another $1 million
to the state’s largest fundraising initiative, Telethon, helping
its efforts to support a wide range of child health services
across Western Australia, and $100,000 to Parkerville Child
Youth Care to support a new Youth Village to be built at
the 18-acre campus at Parkerville.
Crown Perth continued its partnership with Foodbank WA,
providing daily donations of soup that Foodbank distributes
to more than 600 charitable organisations and schools across
Western Australia. Foodbank WA does a magnifi cent job and
we are proud of our long association and the benefi ts that
this partnership brings to so many people.
As part of the Global Illumination Project that supports the
National Breast Cancer Foundation, Crown Perth glowed
pink for the whole of October 2011. We also hosted the
inaugural Pink Poker Tournament attended by numerous
local personalities and media. An outstanding success,
the Pink Poker Tournament raised over $25,000 for the
Foundation, and we look forward to future events that
will support this very worthy cause.
Crown Perth’s employees also support many charitable
organisations, actively participating in numerous events in our
diverse community support program, including Anglicare’s
Winter Appeal and The Salvation Army’s Easter Appeal.
Crown Perth’s CEO, Barry Felstead, participated once again
in the St Vincent De Paul’s CEO Sleepout to raise awareness
and funding for the homeless across Australia. Barry’s
individual efforts raised over $65,000, making him the highest
fundraiser in Western Australia for the third consecutive year.
Crown Perth also connects many of our Corporate Partners
with Community Partners to raise awareness of those in
need, and to help increase the vital contributions to worthy
organisations. One example is the popular ‘Catch the Cash
for Charity’ event which raised nearly $60,000 for Telethon
Adventurers and Ronald McDonald House.
Crown Perth employees supporting the Anglicare Winter Appeal
Crown Perth employees supporting The Salvation Army’s Easter Appeal
26
Sustainability Report: Environment
Crown’s continued commitment to implement environmental
programs and initiatives resulted in many changes across
both Australian properties this year.
Our remote monitoring of energy consumption continued
to help us review our use of gas, electricity, and water,
then take appropriate measures to reduce consumption
as much as possible.
Crown proudly participated in the global Earth Hour, by
turning off all non-essential lighting, and we also participated
in World Environment Day.
Crown Melbourne
Crown Melbourne continued to demonstrate a strong
commitment to reducing its environmental impact by
pursuing a range of sustainable practices across all
operations. Crown Melbourne’s long-term goal is to be
recognised as the leader in sustainable business practice
in the gaming and entertainment industry.
This year, we invested over $500,000 in a monitoring and
reporting system that provides live data of electricity, gas, and
water consumption throughout the complex. Daily, weekly,
and monthly reports provide relevant time-of-use data to each
business unit, allowing them to monitor consumption levels,
then implement effective measures to reduce consumption.
Crown’s Eco-Shoots was formed to help all employees
reduce their environmental footprint through a range of
practical and well publicised campaigns. Eco-Shoot’s major
campaigns for the year included World Oceans Day, battery
recycling, Corks for the Zoo, and mobile phone recycling.
Crown Melbourne also introduced a Carbon Offset Program
for hotel guests. This program has achieved certifi cation
under the Australian Government’s National Carbon
Offset Standard, which is a fi rst in the hospitality and
entertainment industry.
Our recycling programs continue to be effective in recycling
a wide range of products, including green waste, polystyrene,
e-waste, organics, metal, fl uorescent tubes, oil, CDs, DVDs,
and corks.
Energy Effi ciency
This year, Crown Melbourne continued its focus on energy
effi ciency by committing $4.5 million to energy reduction
projects. With funding assistance from AusIndustry’s Green
Building Fund, the project’s aim was to reduce greenhouse
gas emissions by 3 million kg CO2, a 22% reduction.
To achieve this, more than 9,000 lights were replaced
with LED and fl uoro technology; optimised controls for
heating, cooling, and ventilation were implemented; and
housekeeping and maintenance procedures were improved.
The project was completed in March 2012 and achieved a
25% reduction in energy use. With some fi ne-tuning planned,
it is anticipated that further reductions will be achieved.
Crown Melbourne also upgraded the controls and lighting
systems servicing the Clarke Street Administration and Car
Park building. It is anticipated that these works will result
in an energy reduction of approximately 15% for the building.
Other improvements at Crown Melbourne included upgrading
more than 50,000 lamps to energy-effi cient technology,
installing more than 1,000 occupancy and daylight harvesting
sensors, and installing ninety-one variable speed drives (VSD)
on fan equipment across the property which will reduce fan
energy consumption by an estimated 25%.
The total energy projects for the year resulted in a CO2
abatement of more than 14,000 tonnes, which is the
equivalent to powering 1,100 homes or removing 3,500
cars from the streets.
Water Conservation
Crown Melbourne upgraded the majority of the water taps
throughout the complex by fi tting them with sensors and
low-fl ow fi ttings.
Continued operation of our on-site water recycling system
generated 1.4 million litres of recycled water used for toilet
fl ushing over the year. We also expanded our rainwater
harvesting system by upgrading three rainwater collection
and re-use systems, resulting in an annual saving of
1.5 million litres of drinking water.
CROWN’S RECYCLED WATER
AND RAINWATER SYSTEM
Crown Melbourne’s new energy-effi cient LED and fl uoro technology lights
Crown Melbourne’s water recycling system
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
27
Sustainability Report: Environment continued
Life Cycle Management
Life Cycle Management
This year, Crown Perth implemented a complex-wide public
recycling program and an organic waste recycling program.
This will divert an estimated 12 tonnes of waste from landfi ll
each year, reducing CO2 emissions by 36 tonnes per annum.
An audit of The Dome at Crown Perth resulted in increased
recycling rates at that venue, contributing to a reduction in
landfi ll, and raising public awareness of the role that everyone
can play in reducing waste.
Crown Perth continues to improve employee awareness
by providing environmental information through a number
of effective and innovative communication strategies.
Life Cycle Management (LCM) is an integrated approach
to achieving more sustainable consumption and production
patterns, by considering the total life cycle of products and
services. LCM involves working with suppliers to ensure
appropriate production and distribution methods are
deployed, working with employees and customers around
consumption of products, and working with our waste
management contractors around how our waste is disposed.
With funding assistance from the Australian Packaging
Covenant, Crown Melbourne installed 380 recycling bins
across the complex, potentially resulting in more than
300 tonnes of waste being diverted from landfi ll each year.
Another innovation implemented this year was the soft
plastic recycling scheme run in partnership with the Red
Group. This scheme ensures that all of the plastic wrapping
that arrives in our loading dock is collected every day and
recycled into outdoor furniture, signage, and other items.
Crown Perth
Crown Perth continued to work towards a more sustainable
environment by monitoring and measuring energy
consumption and performance. Our environmental
committee, with representatives from each major business
unit, drives environmental initiatives in the areas of energy
conservation, water conservation, and waste management.
In recognition of our efforts in this area, we were
announced as a fi nalist in the Department of Environment
WA Environmental Awards in the Corporate Business
Leading by Example category.
Energy Effi ciency
As part of Crown Perth’s ongoing energy monitoring program,
further energy-saving initiatives were undertaken this year,
including the under-croft lighting project, the continued rollout
of sub-metering and the recently completed chilled water
survey on Crown Events & Conferences. The continued
installation of voltage reduction transformers resulted in a
24% reduction in kilowatts per hour (kWh) consumption.
Water Conservation
Crown Perth continued its strong focus on water
conservation and this year received a fi ve-star rating
from the Water Corporation in the One-2-Five™ water
management assessment.
A number of water saving initiatives were successfully
implemented, including the installation of 2.5-litre tapware
restrictors/aerators to hand basins. The main cooling towers
were independently audited, and the effi ciency rating was
assessed as excellent.
Crown Perth received the Silver Award from the Water
Corporation for improving water effi ciency by 25-35%,
and was a fi nalist in the Western Australian Water Awards
in the category “Waterwise Business”.
28
Crown participates in the National Carbon Offset Scheme
Corporate Governance Statement
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
The Crown Limited Board is committed to the implementation and maintenance of good corporate governance practices.
This Statement sets out the extent to which Crown Limited (Crown) has followed the best practice recommendations set
by the ASX Corporate Governance Council (the Principles and Recommendations) during the twelve month period ending
30 June 2012.
Principle 1
Lay Solid Foundations for Management and Oversight
Functions reserved for the Board
The Board is responsible for guiding and monitoring Crown on behalf of its shareholders. In addition, the Board (in conjunction
with management) is responsible for identifying areas of significant business risk and ensuring arrangements are in place
to adequately manage those risks.
The Board has adopted a formal Board Charter which sets out a list of specific functions which are reserved for the Board.
Board appointments are made pursuant to formal terms of appointment.
Functions delegated to Senior Executives
Crown’s senior executives have responsibility for matters which are not specifically reserved for the Board (such as the
day-to-day management of the operations and administration of Crown).
Process for evaluating performance of Senior Executives
Crown has established processes for evaluating the performance of its senior executives. In summary, each senior executive
is evaluated against the achievement of pre-agreed performance objectives. The evaluation process is conducted annually
and is followed by the determination of appropriate remuneration of the relevant senior executive.
Detailed information regarding Crown’s remuneration practices is provided in the Remuneration Report. An evaluation
of senior executives took place following the end of the financial year and in accordance with the processes described in the
Remuneration Report.
Induction process for new executives
Crown executives are required to undertake formal induction training through either the Crown Melbourne on-site accredited
training facility – Crown College, or Crown Perth’s on-site training program.
The program involves training about:
(cid:129) the history and development of the Crown brand and businesses;
(cid:129) the main legal and regulatory obligations affecting the Crown businesses;
(cid:129) Crown’s responsible gaming policies and procedures;
(cid:129) Crown’s responsible service of alcohol policies and
(cid:129) the rights and obligations of Crown employees.
As part of the induction program, executives are required to successfully complete a series of online training modules
and to pass the associated assessment.
More information
A full copy of the Crown Board Charter is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
29
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
C OR PORATE GOVE RNANCE STATEMENT CO NTINUED
Principle 2
Structure the Board to add value
Composition of the Board
As at the date of this Statement, the Board comprises the following twelve Directors:
(cid:129) James D Packer
Executive Chairman
(cid:129) John H Alexander BA
Executive Deputy Chairman
(cid:129) Benjamin A Brazil BCom LLB
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(cid:129) Helen A Coonan BA, LLB
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(cid:129) Christopher D Corrigan
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(cid:129) Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons)
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
(cid:129) Rowena Danziger AM, BA, TC, MACE
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(cid:129) Geoffrey J Dixon
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(cid:129) Professor John S Horvath AO, MB, BS (Syd), FRACP
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(cid:129) Ashok Jacob MBA
Non-independent, Non-Executive Director
(cid:129) Michael R Johnston BEc, CA
Non-independent, Non-Executive Director
(cid:129) Harold C Mitchell AC
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Ms Coonan was appointed a director on 2 December 2011.
Information about each current Director’s qualifications, experience and period in office is set out in the Directors’ Statutory Report.
The roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer are exercised by separate persons. James Packer acts as Executive Chairman
and Rowen Craigie as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director.
Relationships affecting independence
The Crown Board is currently comprised of twelve Directors, seven of whom are independent Directors. A majority of Directors
are therefore independent.
During the year, there was one Board change (the appointment of Ms Coonan), however, the Board was at all times comprised
of a majority of independent Directors.
The independence of Directors is assessed against a list of criteria and materiality thresholds. Those criteria have been formally
enshrined in the Crown Board Charter. Each Director who is listed as an independent Director complies with the relevant criteria
for independence set out in the Crown Board Charter.
30
Departure from Recommendation 2.2: The Principles and Recommendations recommend that the chair of the Board
should be an independent Director. Crown’s Chairman is not an independent Director. The Board believes that the interests
of shareholders are best served by a Chairman who is sanctioned by shareholders and who will act in the best interests
of shareholders as a whole. As the Chairman has a significant relevant interest in Crown, he is well placed to act on behalf
of shareholders and in their best interests.
Procedure for selection and appointment of new Directors
Where a new Director appointment is required, Crown adheres to procedures (Selection Procedure) including the following:
(cid:129) the experience and skills appropriate for an appointee, having regard to those of the existing Board members and likely
changes to the Board are considered;
(cid:129) upon identifying a potential appointee, specific consideration is given to that candidate’s:
– competencies and qualifi cations;
– independence;
– other directorships and time availability; and
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
– the effect that their appointment would have on the overall balance and composition of the Board; and
(cid:129) finally, all existing Board members must consent to the proposed appointment.
The duties, responsibilities and powers of Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee extend to reviewing the Selection
Procedure and making appropriate recommendations to the Board in relation to the Selection Procedure. The Committee
is responsible for implementing the Selection Procedure and developing succession plans in order for the Board to maintain
appropriate experience, expertise and diversity.
The re-appointment procedures for incumbent Directors are as outlined in Crown’s Constitution. In summary, subject
to the specific matters described in the Constitution, an election of Directors must take place each year at which one third
of Directors must retire. Any Director who has been in office for three or more years and for three or more annual general
meetings must also retire. Directors who retire are generally eligible for re-election.
Process for evaluating performance of the Board, its Committees and its Directors
A performance evaluation of the Board and of its Committees is undertaken annually, following completion of each financial
year, by way of a questionnaire sent to each Director.
The questionnaire covers the role, composition, procedure and practices of the Board and its Committees. The individual
responses to the questionnaire are confidential to each Director, with questionnaire responses to be provided to the Chairman
of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee for his consideration and provision of a report to the Board.
An evaluation of the Board and its Committees took place following the end of the financial year and in accordance with the
processes described above.
Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee also has delegated responsibility for reviewing Crown’s procedure for
the evaluation of the performance of the Board, its Committees and its Directors.
Procedures for taking independent advice
To enable Crown’s Board to fulfil its role, each Director may obtain independent advice on relevant matters at Crown’s expense.
In these circumstances, the Director must notify the Executive Chairman of the nature of the advice sought prior to obtaining
that advice, so that the Executive Chairman can take steps to ensure that the party from whom advice is sought has
no material conflict of interest with Crown. The Executive Chairman is also responsible for approving payment of invoices
in relation to the external advice.
In addition, each Committee has the full authority of the Board to:
(cid:129) communicate and consult with external and internal persons and organisations concerning matters delegated to the
Committee; and
(cid:129) appoint independent experts to provide advice on matters delegated to the Committee.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
31
C OR PORATE GOVE RNANCE STATEMENT CO NTINUED
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Crown Board Committees
To assist in carrying out its responsibilities, the Crown Board has established the following Committees:
Committees
Current Members
Meetings held during
fi nancial year 2012
Audit & Corporate Governance
Finance1
Investment2
Nomination and Remuneration
Occupational Health, Safety & Environment
Responsible Gaming
Risk Management
Benjamin Brazil (Chair)
Rowena Danziger
Michael Johnston
Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Benjamin Brazil
Michael Johnston
James Packer (Chair)
John Alexander
Rowen Craigie
Ashok Jacob
Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Christopher Corrigan
Harold Mitchell
Rowena Danziger (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
John Horvath
Michael Johnston
John Horvath (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
Rowena Danziger
Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
Rowena Danziger
3
2
0
2
4
6
2
1. In addition to its two formal meetings, there were two written resolution assented to by the Committee during financial year 2012.
2. The Investment Committee did not meet this financial year, however there were two written resolutions assented to by the Committee during
financial year 2012.
Each Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities.
More information
A full copy of the Crown Board Charter is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.
A description of the procedure for selection, appointment and re-election of Directors is available on the Crown website at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.
32
Principle 3
Promote Ethical and Responsible Decision-Making
Codes of conduct
Crown has established separate Codes of Conduct that outline the standard of ethical behaviour that is expected of its Directors
and of its employees at all times. The Code of Conduct for Employees is a detailed statement of the:
(cid:129) practices required by employees to maintain confidence in Crown’s integrity;
(cid:129) legal obligations of employees and the reasonable expectations of their stakeholders; and
(cid:129) responsibility and accountability of individuals for reporting and investigating reports of unethical practices.
Policy concerning diversity
Crown has established a policy concerning diversity and disclosed its policy on its website. The policy includes requirements
for the Board to establish measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity and for the Board to assess annually both the
objectives and progress in achieving them.
In accordance with the policy, Crown has established the measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set out below.
These objectives have been set in relation to employees of Crown Limited, Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth groups.
An assessment of Crown’s progress in achieving those objectives has also been included.
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Objective
Crown’s Progress
(cid:129) To require that at least one female
candidate is presented on candidate
short lists for all Senior Management
and Senior Executive positions within
the group for which a recruitment
process is undertaken.
(cid:129) To increase the number of female
participants in leadership and development
programs across the group so that by
2015 females represent at least 45%
of all participants.
(cid:129) To incorporate a targeted mentoring
program for women into existing group
leadership and development programs.
(cid:129) To conduct a review on an annual basis
of the remuneration for key roles within
the group to ascertain the existence of
any gender pay gaps and to implement
action plans to address any such gaps.
During the year, there were a total of eight recruitment processes commenced
for Senior Management and Senior Executive positions within the group.
Except in relation to one of those positions, where, following a world-wide
search, there were no suitable and available female candidates, all short lists
included a female candidate.
During the year, 43% of participants in leadership and development programs
across the group were female.
Crown will continue its work towards increasing that percentage in a bid
to meeting its objective of 45% female participation by 2015.
Leadership development programs conducted across the group all included
a mentoring component.
Crown is continually developing relevant leadership and development programs
so that, where appropriate, female participants on those programs are able
to receive targeted mentoring.
Crown has conducted an annual review of the remuneration of key roles within
the group.
Based on that review, the average total male remuneration was $182,094
and the average total female remuneration was $159,172.
Crown is in the process of breaking down the data to ascertain whether a
gap exists within equivalent “pay grades”, as key roles encompass several
“pay grades”.
(cid:129) To recruit at least one further female
director for Crown Limited within the
next two years.
On 2 December 2011, The Honourable Helen Coonan joined the Crown Board.
Accordingly, the Crown Board is now comprised of two female directors and
ten male directors.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
33
C OR PORATE GOVE RNANCE STATEMENT CO NTINUED
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
The proportion of women employees in the group, women in senior executive positions and women on the Board as at
30 June 2012 is as follows:
Measure
Result
(cid:129) Proportion of women employees
in the group:
There were 4,957 women in the group. This represents 44% of the total
workforce of 11,280 employees.
(cid:129) Proportion of women in senior executive
positions in the group:
There were 27 women in senior executive positions in the group. This represents
28% of senior positions in the group.
(cid:129) Proportion of women on the Board:
Two women out of twelve directors, or 16.7%.
Crown’s Audit & Corporate Governance Committee has been delegated responsibility for developing and monitoring the
application of Crown’s Diversity Policy.
Policy concerning trading in company securities
Crown has adopted a formal Securities Trading Policy which details Crown’s policy concerning trading in Crown shares
by Directors, senior executives and employees.
The Securities Trading Policy:
(cid:129) includes a requirement that employees do not buy and sell Crown shares within a 12 month period (i.e. that they do not
short trade);
(cid:129) establishes formal “trading windows” during which Crown employees can and cannot trade in Crown shares;
(cid:129) includes restrictions and clearance procedures as to when trading can and cannot occur;
(cid:129) sets out Crown’s policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk; and
(cid:129) summarises the application of the insider trading provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 and the consequences
of contravention thereof.
A copy of the Securities Trading Policy has been given to Australian Securities Exchange and released to the market.
Policy concerning political donations
Crown has adopted a formal Political Donations Policy which details Crown’s policy regarding donations to political parties.
The policy imposes annual monetary limits on political donations and sets up a framework to ensure Crown is able to comply
with relevant State based and Commonwealth reporting requirements.
In summary, the policy provides that Crown may make political donations, provided that:
(cid:129) the contributions support public policy which is aligned to the best interests of Crown’s shareholders, customers,
staff and the broader community;
(cid:129) no particular political party is unduly favoured; and
(cid:129) contributions are approved, made and recorded in compliance with the requirements of the policy and any other
legislative requirements.
Policy concerning anti-corruption and bribery
Crown’s anti-corruption and bribery policies are enshrined in a number of internal policies which span the required standards
of employee behaviour through to purchasing policies and procedures.
Crown’s Employee Code of Conduct specifically provides that employees must not solicit, encourage or accept any form
of bribe from anyone, including a supplier, customer or fellow employee as an inducement for business, information or any
other purpose.
34
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Employees who are required to deal with external suppliers of goods and services to Crown must avoid placing themselves
in situations of a potential conflict of interest.
It is a fundamental principle of Crown that all of its business affairs be conducted legally, ethically and with strict observance
of the highest standards of integrity and professionalism.
More information
Full copies of Crown’s Code of Conduct for Directors and Code of Conduct for Employees are available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Codes.
A full copy of Crown’s Diversity Policy is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.
A full copy of Crown’s Securities Trading Policy is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.
Principle 4
Safeguard Integrity in Financial Reporting
Crown Audit & Corporate Governance Committee and Charter
As indicated above, Crown has established a formal Audit & Corporate Governance Committee to review the integrity of Crown’s
financial reporting and to oversee the independence of Crown’s external auditors.
The current members of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee are Ben Brazil (Chair), Rowena Danziger and
Michael Johnston. All members of the Committee are Non-Executive Directors and a majority of those Committee members
are independent Directors.
The Chairman of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee, Mr Ben Brazil is an independent Director who has extensive
financial qualifications and experience. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree and holds a senior role at Macquarie Bank
in the Corporate and Asset Finance Group.
Further information about each Committee member’s qualifications and experience is set out in the Directors’ Statutory Report.
The Audit & Corporate Governance Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities.
The Charter includes information on the procedures for selection and appointment of the external auditor of Crown and for the
rotation of external audit engagement partners. This year will mark the fifth anniversary of the appointment of Crown’s audit
partner. A new audit partner will be appointed from financial year 2013.
Principle 5
Make Timely and Balanced Disclosure
Policy to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule disclosure requirements
Crown has a formal Continuous Disclosure Policy in place which is designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule
requirements. The policy details processes for:
(cid:129) ensuring material information is communicated to Crown’s Chief Executive Officer, its General Counsel and Company
Secretary or a member of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee;
(cid:129) the assessment of information and for the disclosure of material information to the market; and
(cid:129) the broader publication of material information to Crown’s shareholders and the media.
More information
A full copy of Crown’s Continuous Disclosure Policy is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
35
C OR PORATE GOVE RNANCE STATEMENT CO NTINUED
Principle 6
Respect the Rights of Shareholders
Promotion of effective communication with shareholders
Crown has a Communications Policy which seeks to promote effective communication with its shareholders. The policy
explains how information concerning Crown will be communicated to shareholders. The communication channels include:
(cid:129) Crown’s Annual Report;
(cid:129) disclosures made to the ASX; and
(cid:129) Notices of Meeting and other Explanatory Memoranda.
Crown has a dedicated corporate website which includes copies of all communications and other company information.
Advance notification of results announcements is made via Crown’s website.
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
More information
A full copy of Crown’s Communication Policy is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.
Principle 7
Recognise and Manage Risk
Policy for the oversight and management of material business risks
Crown has established policies for the oversight and management of material business risks and has adopted a formal
Risk Management Policy. Risk management is an integral part of the industry in which Crown operates.
Design and implementation of risk management and internal control systems
As required by the Board, Crown’s management have devised and implemented risk management systems appropriate
to Crown.
Management are charged with monitoring the effectiveness of risk management systems and are required to report to the
Board via the Risk Management Committee. The Board convened Risk Management Committee administers Crown’s Risk
Management Policy.
The policy sets out procedures which are designed to identify, assess, monitor and manage risk at each of Crown’s controlled
businesses and requires that the results of those procedures are reported to the Crown Board. A formal Risk Management
Plan has been developed using the model outlined in AS/NZS ISO 31000:2009 Risk Management – Principles and Guidelines.
The Plan identifies specific Head Office risks in light of major risks identified at an operational level and provides the framework
for the reporting and monitoring of material risks across the Crown group.
The Board has received, and will continue to receive, periodic reports through the Risk Management Committee, summarising
the results of risk management initiatives at Crown.
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer assurances
The Crown Board has received assurance from the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer that the declaration
provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 is founded on a sound system of risk management
and internal control and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.
More information
A full copy of Crown’s Risk Management Committee Charter is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.
A full copy of Crown’s Risk Management Policy is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.
36
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Principle 8
Remunerate Fairly and Responsibly
Remuneration of Board members and Senior Executives
Crown has established a formal Nomination and Remuneration Committee. The role of the Nomination and Remuneration
Committee includes:
(cid:129) the review and recommendation of appropriate Directors’ fees to be paid to Non-Executive Directors; and
(cid:129) consideration of remuneration policies to be applied to executives, including any equity-based remuneration plan
that may be considered, subject to shareholder approval (where required).
Following the end of the financial year, the Committee has reviewed and approved:
(cid:129) the remuneration for senior executives which will apply during the financial year ending 30 June 2013; and
(cid:129) the short term bonus payments made to senior executives referable to the financial year ending 30 June 2012.
The current members of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee are Geoffrey Dixon (Chair), Christopher Corrigan
and Harold Mitchell who are each independent, Non-Executive Directors. Information about each Committee member’s
qualifications and experience is set out in the Directors’ Statutory Report. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee
has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities. A summary of current remuneration arrangements
is set out more fully in the Remuneration Report. The objective of Crown’s remuneration policy is to ensure that:
(cid:129) senior executives are motivated to pursue the long-term growth and success of Crown; and
(cid:129) there is a clear relationship between senior executives’ performance and remuneration.
Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk
Directors and employees of the Crown group who held Crown shares under the Executive Share Plan were not permitted
to hedge or create derivative arrangements in respect of their Executive Share Plan shares or any of their interests in any
of those shares. The Executive Share Plan was formally wound up in September 2011.
The rules of the 2010 Crown Long Term Incentive Plan specifically provide that a participant must not grant or enter into any
Security Interest in or over any Crown shares that may be acquired under the Plan (Participant Shares) or otherwise deal
with any Participant Shares or interest in them until the relevant Participant Shares are transferred from the Trustee to the
participant in accordance with the Plan rules. Security Interests are defined to extend to any mortgage, charge, pledge or
lien or other encumbrance of any nature, and includes any derivative relating to or involving a Participant Share. Any Security
Interest, disposal or dealing made by a participant in contravention of the Plan rules will not be recognised by Crown.
More information
A full copy of Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee Charter is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
37
Nevada Information Statement
C
N
e
o
v
r
p
a
o
d
r
a
a
I
t
n
e
f
o
G
r
o
m
v
a
e
t
r
i
n
o
a
n
n
S
c
t
e
a
S
t
e
t
m
a
t
e
e
n
m
t
e
n
t
The gaming industry in Nevada is highly regulated and Crown Limited (Crown) must maintain relevant licences to continue
its investments in entities with gaming operations in Nevada. Each of the casinos in which Crown has an interest is subject
to extensive regulation under the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction where it is located. These laws, rules and
regulations generally concern the responsibility, financial stability and character of the owners, managers and persons with
financial interest in gaming operations. Violations of laws in one jurisdiction could result in disciplinary action in other jurisdictions.
Crown is registered as a publicly traded corporation in the state of Nevada. One of the conditions of that registration requires
Crown to summarise relevant Nevada gaming law requirements in this Report. Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth are
regulated in a similar manner by the Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation and the Western Australian
Department of Racing Gaming and Liquor, respectively. We are not, however, required to summarise the regulations specific
to Victoria and Western Australia in this Report.
Nevada Government Regulation
The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in Nevada are subject to the Nevada Gaming Control Act and the
regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the Nevada Act) and various local regulations. Gaming operations are subject
to the licensing and regulatory control of the Nevada Gaming Commission (the Nevada Commission), the Nevada State
Gaming Control Board (the Nevada Board) and various county and city licensing agencies (the local authorities). The Nevada
Commission, the Nevada Board and the local authorities are collectively referred to as the “Nevada Gaming Authorities”.
The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada Gaming Authorities are based upon declarations of public
policy that are concerned with, among other things:
(cid:129) the prevention of unsavoury or unsuitable persons from having a direct or indirect involvement with gaming at any time
or in any capacity;
(cid:129) the establishment and maintenance of responsible accounting practices;
(cid:129) the maintenance of effective controls over the financial practices of licensees, including the establishment of minimum
procedures for internal fiscal affairs and the safeguarding of assets and revenues;
(cid:129) providing reliable record keeping and requiring the filing of periodic reports with the Nevada Gaming Authorities;
(cid:129) the prevention of cheating and fraudulent practices; and
(cid:129) providing a source of state and local revenues through taxation and licensing fees.
Each of the entities in which Crown holds an investment and which currently operate casinos in Nevada (the casino licensees)
is required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Certain of Crown’s subsidiaries in the Cannery ownership chain
have also been licensed or found suitable as shareholders, members or general partners, as relevant, of the casino licensees.
The casino licensees and the foregoing subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “licensed subsidiaries”.
Registration as a Publicly Traded Corporation
Crown is required to be registered by the Nevada Commission as a publicly traded corporation and, as such, is required
periodically to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission and to furnish any other information
that the Nevada Commission may require. No person may become a shareholder or member of, or receive any percentage
of profits from, the licensed subsidiaries without first obtaining licences and approvals from the Nevada Gaming Authorities.
Additionally, local authorities have taken the position that they have the authority to approve all persons owning or controlling
the shares of any corporation controlling a gaming licensee. Crown and the licensed subsidiaries have obtained from the
Nevada Gaming Authorities the various registrations, approvals, permits and licences required in order to engage in gaming
activities in Nevada.
38
N
e
v
a
d
a
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Suitability of Individuals
Power to investigate
The Nevada Gaming Authorities may investigate any individual who has a material relationship to, or material involvement with,
Crown or any of the licensed subsidiaries to determine whether such individual is suitable or should be licensed as a business
associate of a gaming licensee.
Officers, Directors and certain key employees of the licensed subsidiaries must file applications with the Nevada Gaming
Authorities and may be required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Crown’s officers, Directors and key
employees who are actively and directly involved in the gaming activities of the licensed subsidiaries may be required
to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities.
The Nevada Gaming Authorities may deny an application for licensing or a finding of suitability for any cause they deem
reasonable. A finding of suitability is comparable to licensing and both require submission of detailed personal and financial
information followed by a thorough investigation. The applicant for licensing or a finding of suitability, or the gaming licensee
by which the applicant is employed or for whom the applicant serves, must pay all the costs of the investigation.
Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the Nevada Gaming Authorities and, in addition to their authority to deny
an application for a finding of suitability for a licence, the Nevada Gaming Authorities have jurisdiction to disapprove a change
in a corporate position.
Consequences of finding of unsuitability
If the Nevada Gaming Authorities were to find an officer, Director or key employee unsuitable for licensing or to continue having
a relationship with Crown or the licensed subsidiaries, such company or companies would have to sever all relationships with
that person. In addition, the Nevada Commission may require Crown or the licensed subsidiaries to terminate the employment
of any person who refuses to file appropriate applications. Determinations of suitability or of questions pertaining to licensing
are not subject to judicial review in Nevada.
Reporting requirements
Crown and the licensed subsidiaries are required to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission.
Substantially all of Crown and the licensed subsidiaries’ material loans, leases, sales of securities and similar financing transactions
must be reported to or approved by the Nevada Commission.
Consequences of Violation of the Nevada Act
If the Nevada Commission determined that Crown or a licensed subsidiary violated the Nevada Act, it could limit, condition,
suspend or revoke, subject to compliance with certain statutory and regulatory procedures, Crown’s Nevada gaming licences
and those of Crown’s licensed subsidiaries. In addition, Crown and the licensed subsidiaries and the persons involved could
be subject to substantial fines for each separate violation of the Nevada Act at the discretion of the Nevada Commission.
Certain Beneficial Holders of Shares Required to be Licensed
Generally
Any beneficial holder of Crown’s voting securities, regardless of the number of shares owned, may be required to file an application,
be investigated and have his or her suitability as a beneficial holder of the voting securities determined if the Nevada Commission
has reason to believe that such ownership would otherwise be inconsistent with the declared policies of the State of Nevada.
The applicant must pay all costs of investigation incurred by the Nevada Gaming Authorities in conducting any such investigation.
The Nevada Act requires any person who acquires more than 5% of any class of Crown’s voting securities to report the
acquisition to the Nevada Commission. The Nevada Act requires that beneficial owners of more than 10% of any class
of Crown’s voting securities apply to the Nevada Commission for a finding of suitability within thirty days after the Chairman
of the Nevada Board mails a written notice requiring such filing.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 39
N EVADA INFORMATION STATEM ENT CO NTINUED
Institutional investors
N
e
v
a
d
a
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Under certain circumstances, an “institutional investor” as defined in the Nevada Act, who acquires more than 10% but not
more than 25% of any class of Crown’s voting securities, may apply to the Nevada Commission for a waiver of such finding
of suitability if such institutional investor holds the voting securities for investment purposes only.
An institutional investor will be deemed to hold voting securities for investment purposes if it acquires and holds the voting
securities in the ordinary course of business as an institutional investor and not for the purpose of causing, directly or indirectly,
the election of a majority of the members of Crown’s Board of Directors, any change in Crown’s Constitution, management,
policies or operations or any of Crown’s gaming affiliates or any other action that the Nevada Commission finds to be inconsistent
with holding Crown’s voting securities for investment purposes only.
Activities that are deemed to be consistent with holding voting securities for investment purposes only include:
(cid:129) voting on all matters voted on by shareholders;
(cid:129) making financial and other inquiries of management of the type normally made by securities analysts for informational
purposes and not to cause a change in its management, policies or operations; and
(cid:129) such other activities as the Nevada Commission may determine to be consistent with such investment intent.
Corporations and trusts
If the beneficial holder of voting securities who must be found suitable is a corporation, partnership or trust, it must submit
detailed business and financial information including a list of beneficial owners. The applicant is required to pay all costs
of investigation.
Consequences of finding of unsuitability
Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a licence within 30 days after being ordered to do so by the
Nevada Commission or the Chairman of the Nevada Board may be found unsuitable. The same restrictions apply to a nominee
if the nominee, after request, fails to identify the beneficial owner. Any shareholder found unsuitable and who holds, directly
or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of Crown’s shares beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the Nevada
Commission may be guilty of a criminal offence in Nevada. Crown will be subject to disciplinary action if, after Crown receives
notice that a person is unsuitable to be a shareholder or to have any other relationship with Crown or a licensed subsidiary,
Crown or any of the licensed subsidiaries:
(cid:129) pays that person any dividend or interest upon any of Crown’s voting securities;
(cid:129) allows that person to exercise, directly or indirectly, any voting right conferred through securities held by that person;
(cid:129) pays remuneration in any form to that person for services rendered or otherwise; or
(cid:129) fails to pursue all lawful efforts to require such unsuitable person to relinquish his or her voting securities including,
if necessary, the immediate purchase of the voting securities for cash at fair market value.
Certain Debt Holders Required to be Licensed
The Nevada Commission may, in its discretion, require the holder of any of Crown’s debt securities to file an application,
be investigated and be found suitable to hold the debt security. If the Nevada Commission determines that a person is unsuitable
to own such security, then pursuant to the Nevada Act, Crown can be sanctioned, including the loss of its approvals, if without
the prior approval of the Nevada Commission, it:
(cid:129) pays to the unsuitable person any dividend, interest or any distribution whatsoever;
(cid:129) recognises any voting right by such unsuitable person in connection with such securities;
(cid:129) pays the unsuitable person remuneration in any form; or
(cid:129) makes any payment to the unsuitable person by way of principal, redemption, conversion, exchange, liquidation
or similar transaction.
40
N
e
v
a
d
a
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Maintenance of Share Register
Crown is required to maintain a current share register in Nevada that may be examined by the Nevada Gaming Authorities
at any time. If any securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be required to disclose the
identity of the beneficial owner to the Nevada Gaming Authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for finding
the record holder unsuitable. Crown is also required to render maximum assistance in determining the identity of the beneficial
owner. The Nevada Commission has the power to require Crown’s holding statements or share certificates bear a legend
indicating that such securities are subject to the Nevada Act. To date, however, the Nevada Commission has not imposed
such a requirement on Crown.
Actions Requiring Prior Approval of the Nevada Commission
Public offerings to fund Nevada gambling activities
Crown may not make a public offering of any securities without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission if the securities
or the proceeds there from are intended to be used to construct, acquire or finance gaming facilities in Nevada or to retire
or extend obligations incurred for those purposes or for similar purposes. An approval, if given, does not constitute a finding,
recommendation or approval by the Nevada Commission or the Nevada Board as to the accuracy or adequacy of the prospectus
or the investment merits of the securities. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful.
Transactions effecting a change in control
Changes in control of Crown through merger, consolidation, share or asset acquisitions, management or consulting agreements
or any act or conduct by a person whereby he or she obtains control, may not occur without the prior approval of the Nevada
Commission. Entities seeking to acquire control of a registered corporation must satisfy the Nevada Board and the Nevada
Commission concerning a variety of stringent standards prior to assuming control of the registered corporation. The Nevada
Commission may also require controlling shareholders, officers, Directors and other persons having a material relationship
or involvement with the entity proposing to acquire control to be investigated and licensed as part of the approval process
relating to the transaction.
Share buy-backs and other arrangements
Approvals are, in certain circumstances, required from the Nevada Commission before Crown can make exceptional repurchases
of voting securities above the current market price and before a corporate acquisition opposed by management can be
consummated. The Nevada Act also requires prior approval of a plan of recapitalisation proposed by a registered corporation’s
Board of Directors in response to a tender offer made directly to the registered corporation’s shareholders for the purpose
of acquiring control of that corporation.
Investigation and Monitoring of “Foreign Gaming Operations”
Because Crown is involved in gaming ventures outside of Nevada, Crown is required to deposit with the Nevada Board and
thereafter maintain a revolving fund in the amount of US$10,000 to pay the expenses of investigation by the Nevada Board
of Crown’s participation in such gaming.
The Nevada Board refers to any of Crown’s operations outside of Nevada as “foreign gaming operations”. The revolving fund
is subject to increase or decrease at the discretion of the Nevada Commission. Crown is also required to comply with certain
reporting requirements imposed by the Nevada Act. Crown would be subject to disciplinary action by the Nevada
Commission if Crown:
(cid:129) knowingly violates any laws of the foreign jurisdiction pertaining to the foreign gaming operation;
(cid:129) fails to conduct the foreign gaming operation in accordance with the standards of honesty and integrity required of Nevada
gaming operations;
(cid:129) engages in any activity or enters into any association that is unsuitable because it poses an unreasonable threat to the
control of gaming in Nevada, reflects or tends to reflect discredit or disrepute upon the State of Nevada or gaming in Nevada
or is contrary to the gaming policies of Nevada;
(cid:129) engages in any activity or enters into any association that interferes with the ability of the State of Nevada to collect gaming
taxes and fees; or
(cid:129) employs, contracts with or associates with any person in the foreign gaming operation who has been denied a license
or a finding of suitability in Nevada on the ground of personal unsuitability or who has been found guilty of cheating at gambling.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 41
Directors’ Statutory Report
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t
Company Information
Review of operations
A review of operations of the Crown Limited (Crown) group for the financial year ended 30 June 2012 and the results of those
operations is detailed on pages 6 to 28.
The principal activity of the entities within the Crown group is gaming and entertainment.
Significant changes in state of affairs
Some of the significant changes in the state of affairs of the consolidated group since 1 July 2011 include:
(cid:129) In July 2011, Melco Crown Entertainment (MCE) completed the acquisition of a 60% equity interest in Macau Studio City,
a large scale integrated gaming, retail and entertainment resort to be developed in Macau jointly by MCE and New
Cotai Holdings, LLC.
(cid:129) In August 2011, MCE announced that it had applied to the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong (SEHK) for a proposed dual
listing of its shares and was evaluating a possible global offering of SEHK listed shares to local and international investors.
The dual listing completed on 7 December 2011.
(cid:129) On 25 August 2011, Crown announced its intention to conduct an on market share buy-back of up to 30 million of its ordinary
shares. This number represented approximately 4% of Crown shares then on issue. The on market buy-back completed
on 7 October 2011. The consideration paid for the 30 million shares bought back was approximately $238 million.
(cid:129) On 20 September 2011, it was announced that the Crown Board had resolved to wind up its existing Executive Share Plan
and to replace that Plan with a new Long Term Incentive Plan, details of which are more fully described in the Remuneration
Report. The wind-up of the Executive Share Plan completed in October 2011.
(cid:129) On 24 February 2012, it was announced that Crown held a 10% interest in Echo Entertainment Group Limited by way
of a derivative to be settled by the delivery of Echo shares. It was further announced that, on account of restrictions in the
Echo Constitution, Crown had sought relevant regulatory approvals to increase its voting power in Echo beyond 10%.
(cid:129) On 8 March 2012, Crown announced that the transfer of shares in Echo Entertainment Group Limited to it had completed,
resulting in Pennwin Pty Ltd (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crown) becoming the registered holder of 68,801,000 Echo shares.
Significant events after Balance Date
Subsequent to 30 June 2012, the Directors of Crown announced a final dividend on ordinary shares in respect of the year
ending 30 June 2012. The total amount of the dividend is $138.4 million, which represents 19 cents per share. The final dividend
will be 50% franked. None of the unfranked component of the dividend will be conduit foreign income. The dividend has not
been provided for in the 30 June 2012 financial statements.
In addition:
(cid:129) On 1 August 2012, it was announced that Crown will develop a new luxury six star hotel at its Crown Perth integrated resort.
(cid:129) On 2 August 2012, Crown announced that it had signed an Exclusive Dealing Agreement with Lend Lease Corporation
Limited in relation to a proposed development of a world class, six star resort at Barangaroo South, Sydney.
(cid:129) On 3 August 2012, Crown announced that it had recently raised $300 million through a new five year bond issue, which
was distributed predominantly to institutional investors in Australia and Asia. The proceeds from the issue were used
to repay existing debt, diversify Crown’s funding sources and extend its debt maturity profile.
(cid:129) On 13 August 2012, Crown announced that it had launched an offer of dated, unsecured, subordinated, cumulative
notes (Crown Subordinated Notes) to raise approximately $400 million, with the ability to raise more or less. Following the
completion of the bookbuild process for Crown Subordinated Notes, the Margin was set at 5.00%. On 14 September 2012
it was announced that the offer of Crown Subordinated Notes had closed, with Crown successfully raising $532 million.
42
Likely developments
Other than the developments described in this Report and the accompanying review of operations, the Directors are of the
opinion that no other matter or circumstance will significantly affect the operations and expected results for the Crown group.
Environmental regulation
The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (the NGER Act) established a mandatory reporting system for
corporate greenhouse gas emissions and energy production and consumption. Crown is required to report emissions under
the NGER Act. Relevant reports have been submitted during the year.
Key features of the NGER Act are:
(cid:129) reporting of greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and production by large corporations;
(cid:129) corporate level public disclosure of greenhouse gas emissions and energy information; and
(cid:129) to provide consistent and comparable data for decision making.
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t
The Federal Government’s Clean Energy Legislation was introduced on 1 July 2012. Under this legislation, Crown Melbourne
is considered a ‘liable entity’ and is required to register with the Clean Energy Regulator and surrender carbon units on an
annual basis.
Crown is also subject to the Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 which encourages large energy-using businesses
to improve their energy efficiency. It does this by requiring businesses to identify, evaluate and report publicly on cost effective
energy savings opportunities. Crown submits reports in line with the required reporting schedule.
At a state level, Crown Melbourne is subject to the Victorian Government’s Environment & Resource Efficiency Plans (EREP),
which requires all large commercial and industrial facilities to prepare a plan identifying actions to reduce energy and water
use and waste generation. Under the Western Australian Water By-laws legislation, Crown Perth is required to complete
annual water management assessments and submit water efficiency management plans.
The Crown group is not otherwise subject to any particular or significant environmental regulation under Australian law.
Environmental issues are, however, important to Crown and it has taken a number of initiatives in this regard. A description
of those initiatives is set out in the Sustainability section of this Report.
Dividends and distributions
Interim Dividend: Crown paid an interim dividend of 18 cents per ordinary share on 17 April 2012. The dividend was 50%
franked. None of the unfranked component was conduit foreign income.
Final Dividend: The Directors of Crown have announced a final dividend of 19 cents per ordinary share to shareholders
registered as at 28 September 2012. The final divided will be 50% franked. None of the unfranked component of the dividend
will be conduit foreign income.
In summary:
Interim Dividend paid
Final Dividend payable
Total
Dividend per share
18 cents per share
19 cents per share
37 cents per share
Crown paid shareholders a final dividend in respect of the 2011 financial year of $141.6 million.
$’000
131,111
138,395
269,506
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 43
D IRE C TO RS’ STATUTORY REPORT CO NTINUED
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t
Directors and Officers
Director details
Set out below are the names of each person who has been a Director of Crown during or since year end and the period
for which they have been a Director. There are twelve current Directors.
Name Date
Appointed Date
Ceased
James Douglas Packer
John Henry Alexander
Benjamin Alexander Brazil
Helen Anne Coonan
Christopher Darcy Corrigan
Rowen Bruce Craigie
Rowena Danziger
Geoffrey James Dixon
John Stephen Horvath
Ashok Jacob
Michael Roy Johnston
Harold Charles Mitchell
06-Jul-07
06-Jul-07
26-Jun-09
2-Dec-11
06-Jul-07
31-May-07
06-Jul-07
06-Jul-07
09-Sep-10
06-Jul-07
06-Jul-07
10-Feb-11
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
At Crown’s 2011 Annual General Meeting, Mr John Alexander, Mr Christopher Corrigan and Mr Geoffrey Dixon stood
for re-election as Directors. As required by Crown’s Constitution, having been appointed a director in February 2011,
Mr Harold Mitchell also stood for election at Crown’s 2011 AGM. Each was re-elected as a Director at that time.
The details of each Director’s qualifications and experience as at the date of this Report are set out below. Details of all directorships
of other Australian listed companies held in the three years before the end of the financial year have been included.
James D Packer, Executive Chairman
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Packer is the Executive Chairman of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited, a family company. Consolidated Press Holdings
Limited is a 48.09% shareholder in Crown Limited and is a 50% shareholder in ASX listed Consolidated Media Holdings Limited,
owner of interests in FOXTEL and FOX SPORTS.
Mr Packer is Deputy Chairman of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and is a director of various companies including
Crown Melbourne Limited, Burswood Limited and Melco Crown Entertainment Limited.
Mr Packer is the Chair of the Crown Investment Committee.
Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
(cid:129) Challenger Limited: from 6 November 2003 to 8 September 2009
(cid:129) Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 28 April 1992 to current
(cid:129) SEEK Limited: from 31 October 2003 to 26 August 2009
(cid:129) Sunland Group Limited: from 20 July 2006 to 13 August 2009
(cid:129) Ten Network Holdings Limited: from 13 December 2010 to 2 March 2011
44
John H Alexander BA, Executive Deputy Chairman
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Alexander is the Executive Deputy Chairman of Crown Limited, Executive Chairman of Consolidated Media Holdings
Limited and is also a director of a number of companies, including Crown Melbourne Limited, Burswood Limited, Aspers
Holdings (Jersey) Limited, Foxtel Management Pty Limited and FOX SPORTS Australia Pty Limited.
Prior to 2007, Mr Alexander was the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Publishing and Broadcasting Limited
from 2004, the Chief Executive of ACP Magazines Limited from 1999 and PBL’s group media division comprising ACP
Magazines Limited and the Nine Network from 2002.
Before joining the PBL Group, Mr Alexander was the Editor-in-Chief, Publisher & Editor of The Sydney Morning Herald and
Editor-in-Chief of The Australian Financial Review.
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t
Mr Alexander is a member of the Crown Investment Committee.
Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
(cid:129) Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 16 December 1999 to current
(cid:129) SEEK Limited: from 17 April 2009 to 26 August 2009
Benjamin A Brazil BCom LLB, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Brazil is an Executive Director of Macquarie Bank Limited and is Co-Head of its Corporate and Asset Finance Group. He
originally commenced employment at Macquarie in 1994 and has operated across a range of geographies and business lines
during the course of his career. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce and a Bachelor of Laws from the University of Queensland.
Mr Brazil is the Chairman of the Crown Audit & Corporate Governance Committee and a member of the Crown Finance Committee.
The Honourable Helen A Coonan BA, LLB, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Ms Coonan is a former Senator for New South Wales serving in the Australian Parliament from 1996 to 2011.
She holds degrees in Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws from the University of Sydney. Prior to entering Parliament she
worked as a lawyer including as principal of her own legal firm, as a partner in law firm Gadens, as a commercial barrister
in Australia and as an attorney in New York.
In Parliament, Ms Coonan served as the Deputy Leader of the Government in the Senate. She was appointed to Cabinet
as the Minister for Communications, Information Technology and the Arts and was shareholder Minister for Telstra Corporation
and Australia Post. She also served as the Minister for Revenue and Assistant Treasurer and had portfolio oversight of the
Australian Taxation Office and the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority.
Ms Coonan is a member of the Advisory Council of J.P. Morgan, a Trustee of the Sydney Opera House Trust, Chair
of the Conservation Council of the Opera House Trust, Member of the Australian World Heritage Advisory Committee and
a Non-Executive Director of Obesity Australia Limited. She is also a member of Chief Executive Women.
Christopher D Corrigan, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
From March 1990 to July 2006, Mr Corrigan was Managing Director of Patrick Corporation Limited, Australia’s largest container
terminal operator and stevedore. Patrick Corporation Limited also had interests in land-based logistics, freight rail transportation
and aviation through Virgin Blue.
In 1990, Mr Corrigan sponsored the formation of a development capital business, Jamison Equity, which in December 1996
became a wholly owned subsidiary of the then publicly listed company Patrick Corporation Limited.
Prior to that, Mr Corrigan had a career with Bankers Trust spanning 20 years, including periods as Managing Director
of Bankers Trust in Australia and then the Asia-Pacific region.
In September 2011, Mr Corrigan became the Chairman of Qube Logistics Holdings Limited. He is also a Director of Consolidated
Media Holdings Limited.
Mr Corrigan is a member of the Crown Nomination and Remuneration Committee.
Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
(cid:129) Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 8 March 2006 to current
(cid:129) Qube Logistics Holdings Limited: from 23 March 2011 to current
(cid:129) Webster Limited: from 30 November 2007 to 9 July 2010
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 45
D IRE C TO RS’ STATUTORY REPORT CO NTINUED
D
C
C
o
o
i
r
r
r
e
p
p
c
o
o
t
o
r
r
a
a
r
s
t
t
e
e
’
S
G
G
t
o
o
a
v
v
t
u
e
e
t
r
r
o
n
n
r
a
a
y
n
n
R
c
c
e
e
e
p
S
S
o
t
t
a
a
r
t
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons), Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Craigie was appointed Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director in 2007. He is also a director of Crown Melbourne
Limited, Burswood Limited, Melco Crown Entertainment Limited and Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Limited.
Mr Craigie previously served from 2005 to 2007 as the Chief Executive Officer of PBL Gaming and as the Chief Executive Officer
of Crown Melbourne Limited from 2002 to 2007. Mr Craigie joined Crown Melbourne Limited in 1993 and was appointed
as the Executive General Manager of its Gaming Machines department in 1996 and was promoted to Chief Operating Officer
in 2000.
Prior to joining Crown Melbourne Limited, Mr Craigie was the Group General Manager for Gaming at the TAB in Victoria from
1990 to 1993 and held senior economic policy positions in Treasury and the Department of Industry in Victoria from 1984 to 1990.
Mr Craigie is a member of Crown’s Investment, Occupational Health, Safety & Environment, Responsible Gaming and Risk
Management Committees.
Rowena Danziger AM, BA, TC, MACE, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mrs Danziger’s professional experience spans over 30 years in various Australian and American educational institutions.
Mrs Danziger was the Headmistress at Ascham School in Sydney from 1973 to 2003. She is currently Chairperson of The
Foundation of the Art Gallery of NSW.
Mrs Danziger is also a Director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and Crown Melbourne Limited and is Chair of the
Crown Occupational Health, Safety & Environment Committee and a member of the Crown Audit & Corporate Governance,
Responsible Gaming and Risk Management Committees.
Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
(cid:129) Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: 17 September 1997 to current
Geoffrey J Dixon, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Dixon is Chairman of the Australian Government’s major tourism marketing organisation, Tourism Australia, and Chairman
of the Garvan Medical Research Foundation.
Mr Dixon also sits on the boards of publicly listed Australian companies, Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and Facilitate
Digital Holdings Limited.
He is on the boards of Voyages Indigenous Tourism Australia, the Museum of Contemporary Art and the Great Barrier Reef
Foundation and is an Ambassador for the Australian Indigenous Education Foundation. Mr Dixon has also worked in the
media, mining and government sectors.
Mr Dixon was Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Qantas Airways Limited from 2001 to 2008. He joined Qantas
Airways Limited in 1994 and was also Chief Commercial Officer and, for two years, Deputy Chief Executive.
Mr Dixon is the Chair of the Crown Finance, Nomination and Remuneration and Risk Management Committees.
Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
(cid:129) Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 31 May 2006 to current
(cid:129) Facilitate Digital Holdings Limited: from 9 July 2009 to current
46
Professor John S Horvath AO, MB, BS (Syd), FRACP, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Professor Horvath was the Australian Government Chief Medical Officer from 2003 to 2009. He is currently continuing
to advise the Department of Health & Ageing and the School of Medicine, University of Sydney, and holds the position
of Honorary Professor of Medicine.
Professor Horvath is a Fellow of the Royal Australasian College of Physicians and is a distinguished practitioner, researcher
and teacher. Professor Horvath sits on the Board of the Garvan Research Foundation, the Centenary Institute of Medical
Research and Health Workforce Australia. He is a member of the Advisory Board to the World Health Organisation Influenza
Collaborating Centre, a member of the Advisory Council to the Australian Organ and Tissue Donation Agency and a member
of the Finance and Administration Committee of the School of Medicine at the University of Sydney.
Professor Horvath was previously Clinical Professor of Medicine at the University of Sydney. He is also known as a leader
in a range of medical training and workforce organisations. He is also a former President of the Australian Medical Council
and the NSW Medical Board.
D
C
o
i
r
r
e
p
c
o
t
o
r
a
r
s
t
e
’
S
G
t
o
a
v
t
u
e
t
r
o
n
r
a
y
n
R
c
e
e
p
S
o
t
a
r
t
t
e
m
e
n
t
Professor Horvath is the Chair of the Crown Responsible Gaming Committee and a member of the Crown Occupational
Health, Safety & Environment Committee.
Ashok Jacob BSc, MBA, Non-independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Jacob is a Non-Executive Director of Crown Limited as well as a Director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited.
Mr Jacob is the Chairman of Ellerston Capital. Mr Jacob was the CEO of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited from
2006 to 2011 and previously the Joint CEO from 1998 to 2006.
Mr Jacob is a director of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited and a director of MRF Limited.
Mr Jacob holds a Master of Business Administration from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania and a Bachelor
of Science from the University of Bangalore.
Mr Jacob is a member of the Crown Investment Committee.
Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 9 November 1998 to 8 April 2009, reappointed on 10 September 2009 to current
Challenger Financial Services Group Limited: from 6 November 2003 to 8 September 2009
Michael R Johnston BEc, CA, Non-independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Johnston is the Finance Director of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited, having previously been an advisor to the
Consolidated Press Holdings Group for 17 years. As Finance Director, Mr Johnston oversees a large number of operational
businesses within the Consolidated Press Holdings Group and its controlled associates. Mr Johnston was also the Chief
Financial Officer of Ellerston Capital (a subsidiary of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited) until 30 June 2008. He is an alternate
Director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited.
Prior to his appointment with the Consolidated Press Holdings Group, Mr Johnston was a senior partner in the Australian
member firm of Ernst & Young. Mr Johnston was also on the Board of Partners of Ernst & Young, Australia.
Mr Johnston holds a Bachelor of Economics degree from Sydney University and is an Associate of the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of Australia. Mr Johnston is a member of the Crown Audit & Corporate Governance, Finance and Occupational
Health, Safety & Environment Committees.
Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
(cid:129) Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 16 December 2005 to 8 April 2009 (from 8 April 2009, alternate director
to Mr James Packer and Mr Guy Jalland; from 10 September 2009 to current, alternate director to Mr Ashok Jacob)
(cid:129) Challenger Financial Services Group Limited: from 24 February 2006 to 8 September 2009 (alternate director
to Mr James Packer and Mr Ashok Jacob)
(cid:129) Living and Leisure Australia Group: from 23 August 2011 to 10 February 2012
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
47
D IRE C TO RS’ STATUTORY REPORT CO NTINUED
D
C
o
i
r
r
e
p
c
o
t
o
r
a
r
s
t
e
’
S
G
t
o
a
v
t
u
e
t
r
o
n
r
a
y
n
R
c
e
e
p
S
o
t
a
r
t
t
e
m
e
n
t
Harold C Mitchell AC, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Harold Mitchell is the founder of Mitchell & Partners and Executive Chairman of Aegis Media Pacific. Since he started Mitchell
& Partners in 1976, the company has evolved to become the largest media and communications group in Australia today, with
a growing presence in New Zealand and across the Asia-Pacific region.
In December 2000, he launched the Harold Mitchell Foundation which distributes funds between health and the arts. He has
been Chairman of the National Gallery of Australia, President of the Melbourne International Festival of Arts, Director of Deakin
Foundation, President of the Museums Board of Victoria and a Board Member of the Opera Australia Council.
Mr Mitchell holds a large number of community roles including Chairman CARE Australia, Chairman of the Melbourne Symphony
Orchestra, Chairman of ThoroughVision, Chairman and Owner of the Melbourne Rebels Rugby Union team, Chairman of TVS
(University of Western Sydney’s television service for Greater Sydney), Chairman of Art Exhibitions Australia, Chairman of the
Florey Institute of Neuroscience and Mental Health and Vice President of Tennis Australia.
In December 2002, Deakin University conferred on him an honorary degree of Doctor of Laws. In 2003, he delivered the
Andrew Olle Memorial Lecture on Media.
In January 2004, he was awarded the Officer of the Order of Australia for his services as a benefactor and fundraiser in support
of artistic and cultural endeavour.
On 28 July 2005, he was awarded the Richard Pratt Business Leader Award given by the Australian Business Arts Foundation
in recognition of excellence in arts leadership.
Mr Mitchell was appointed Companion of the Order of Australia in 2010 for eminent service to the community through leadership
and philanthropic endeavours in the fields of art, health and education and as a supporter of humanitarian aid in Timor-Leste
and Indigenous communities.
In December 2011, Mr Mitchell was awarded an Honorary Doctorate – Doctor of Business Honoris Causa, by RMIT University
and in 2012 he was inducted into the Adnews Hall of Fame.
Mr Mitchell is a member of the Crown Nomination and Remuneration Committee.
Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
(cid:129) Mitchell Communication Group Limited – From 10 March 2000 to 24 November 2010 (removed from ASX)
Notes:
1. Consolidated Media Holdings Limited (previously Publishing and Broadcasting Limited, ASX Code: PBL).
Company secretary details
Michael J Neilson BA, LLB
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Neilson is Crown’s General Counsel and joint Company Secretary. Prior to his appointment with Crown, he was General
Counsel for Crown Melbourne Limited, a position he held from 2004 to 2007.
Prior to joining the Crown group, Mr Neilson spent 10 years in a commercial legal practice in Melbourne before joining
the Lend Lease Group in Sydney in 1997 as General Counsel for Lend Lease Property Management.
In 1998, he was appointed General Counsel and Company Secretary of General Property Trust, the position he held until
joining Crown Melbourne Limited in 2004.
Mr Neilson is also a member of the Board of Trustees of the International Association of Gaming Advisers (IAGA) and a member
of the School Council of Camberwell Grammar School.
Mary Manos BCom, LLB (Hons), GAICD
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Ms Manos was appointed joint Company Secretary in April 2008. She commenced employment with the Crown group
in October 2007 just prior to implementation of the PBL Scheme and the Demerger Scheme. Prior to joining Crown,
Ms Manos was a Senior Associate in a Melbourne law firm, specialising in mergers and acquisitions and corporate law.
Ms Manos is a Graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.
48
Other officer details
In addition to the above, Crown’s principal officers include:
(cid:129) Kenneth M Barton
Chief Financial Officer
(cid:129) W Todd Nisbet
Executive Vice President, Strategy and Development
(cid:129) Greg F Hawkins
Chief Executive Officer, Crown Melbourne (from 5 December 2011)
(cid:129) Barry J Felstead
Chief Executive Officer, Crown Perth
Relevant interests of Directors
Details of relevant interests of current Directors in Crown shares as at 30 June 2012 were as follows:
D
C
o
i
r
r
e
p
c
o
t
o
r
a
r
s
t
e
’
S
G
t
o
a
v
t
u
e
t
r
o
n
r
a
y
n
R
c
e
e
p
S
o
t
a
r
t
t
e
m
e
n
t
Director
John Alexander
Rowen Craigie
Rowena Danziger
Harold Mitchell
James Packer
Notes:
Total number of ordinary shares1
506,047
35,2172
30,896
114,887
350,311,967
1. For more information on relevant interests of current Directors, please see the Remuneration Report and the key management personnel
disclosures set out in the Notes to the Financial Statements.
2. The registered holder of these shares is Australian Executor Trustees Limited as trustee under the 2010 Crown Limited Long Term Incentive Plan.
Mr Craigie may become entitled to have those shares transferred to him after 30 June 2014 if certain conditions in the 2010 Crown Limited
Long Term Incentive Plan are met.
Other than in connection with Crown’s Long Term Incentive Plan which is described in the Remuneration Report, none
of Crown’s Directors is party to any contract which would give that Director the right to call for the delivery of shares in Crown.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
49
D IRE C TO RS’ STATUTORY REPORT CO NTINUED
D
C
o
i
r
r
e
p
c
o
t
o
r
a
r
s
t
e
’
S
G
t
o
a
v
t
u
e
t
r
o
n
r
a
y
n
R
c
e
e
p
S
o
t
a
r
t
t
e
m
e
n
t
Board and Committee meetings
Set out below are details of the number of Board meetings and Committee meetings held by Crown during the 2012 financial
year together with each Director’s attendance details.
Audit &
Corporate
Governance
Committee
Nomination
and
Remuneration
Committee
Occupational
Health, Safety
& Environment
Committee
Finance
Committee
Responsible
Gaming
Committee
Risk
Management
Committee
Board
Meetings
Meetings
Meetings
Meetings
Meetings
Meetings
Meetings
Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended
J D Packer
J H Alexander
B A Brazil
H L Coonan*
C D Corrigan
R B Craigie
R Danziger
G J Dixon
J S Horvath
A P Jacob
M R Johnston
H C Mitchell
7
7
7
4
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
4
7
7
7
7
6
6
7
7
* Appointed 2 December 2011
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
2
2
2
2
2
2
The Corporate Governance Statement includes details on Committee structure and membership during the year.
Under Crown’s Constitution, its Board and Committee Charters, documents containing written resolutions assented
to by Directors are to be taken as a minute of a meeting of Directors or of a Committee (as the case may be). There were two
written resolutions assented to by the Board this financial year. There were also two written resolutions assented to by the
Investment Committee and one by the Finance Committee. The Investment Committee did not formally meet this financial year.
Shares and Options
Crown has not granted any options over unissued shares. There are no unissued shares or interests under option. No shares
or interests have been issued during or since year end as a result of option exercise.
Indemnity and Insurance of Officers and Auditors
Director and officer indemnities
Crown indemnifies certain persons as detailed in its Constitution in accordance with the terms of the Crown Constitution.
Directors’ and officers’ insurance
During the year Crown has paid insurance premiums to insure officers of the Crown group against certain liabilities.
The insurance contract prohibits disclosure of the nature of the insurance cover and the amount of the insurance payable.
50
D
C
o
i
r
r
e
p
c
o
t
o
r
a
r
s
t
e
’
S
G
t
o
a
v
t
u
e
t
r
o
n
r
a
y
n
R
c
e
e
p
S
o
t
a
r
t
t
e
m
e
n
t
Auditor Information
Auditor details
Ernst & Young has been appointed Crown’s auditor.
Mr Brett Kallio is the Ernst & Young partner responsible for the audit of Crown’s accounts.
True and fair information
There is no additional true and fair information included in the financial report.
Non-audit services
Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor for non-audit services provided during the year by the auditor are outlined
in note 28 of the Financial Report.
Crown acquires non-audit services from Ernst & Young, largely in respect of taxation matters relating to pre-demerger and
ongoing taxation items. These include, but are not limited to, matters in respect of the financial years ending on or prior
to 30 June 2007, which at the time of the de-merger of Crown and Consolidated Media Holdings Limited (then Publishing and
Broadcasting Limited (PBL)) agreed they would share as follows:
(cid:129) Crown: 75 per cent; and
(cid:129) CMH: 25 per cent.
The ratio of non-audit to audit services provided by Ernst & Young to Crown is approximately 4.9:1. This ratio reflects that:
(cid:129) Ernst & Young advised Crown on matters relating to Crown’s involvement in the listing of MCE on SEHK, Crown’s acquisition
of its interest in Echo Entertainment Group Limited, the Exclusive Dealing Agreement with Lend Lease Corporation Limited; and
(cid:129) The fees paid by Crown to Ernst & Young in respect of non-audit services, largely taxation advisory services, mostly reflect
taxation matters pre-dating the PBL de-merger (which occurred in December 2007).
In the absence of pre-demerger matters, the ratio of non-audit services to audit services provided by Ernst & Young would
be lower.
The Directors are satisfied that the non-audit services are compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors
imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. The Board considers that the nature and scope of the services provided do not affect
auditor independence.
Rounding
The amounts contained in the financial statements have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars (where rounding
is applicable) under the option available to Crown under ASIC Class Order 98/0100. Crown is an entity to which the Class
Order applies.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
51
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
Remuneration Report
This Remuneration Report for the year ended 30 June 2012, outlines the Director and executive remuneration arrangements
of Crown in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and its Regulations. For the purposes
of this report, key management personnel (KMP) of the Crown group are defined as those persons having authority and
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the major activities of the Crown group, directly or indirectly, including any
Director (whether executive or otherwise) of the parent company. For further details of KMP, refer to note 30 of the Financial
Report. The disclosures in the Remuneration Report have been audited.
The Remuneration Report is presented under the following sections:
1. Introduction
2. Response to Vote Against 2011 Remuneration Report
3. Overview of Remuneration Policy
4. Details of Senior Executive Remuneration Structure
(cid:129) Fixed Remuneration
(cid:129) Performance Based Remuneration
– Short Term Incentives
– Long Term Incentive: 2010 Crown LTI
(cid:129) Relationship between Remuneration Policy and Company Performance
(cid:129) Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk
5. Remuneration details for Non-Executive Directors (including statutory remuneration disclosures)
6. Remuneration details for Senior Executives
(cid:129) Executive Contract Summaries
(cid:129) Statutory Remuneration Disclosures
Introduction
Persons to whom Report applies
The remuneration disclosures in this Report cover the following persons:
Non-Executive Directors
(cid:129) Benjamin A Brazil
(cid:129) Helen A Coonan (appointed 2 December 2011)
(cid:129) Christopher D Corrigan
(cid:129) Rowena Danziger
(cid:129) Geoffrey J Dixon
(cid:129) John S Horvath
(cid:129) Ashok Jacob
(cid:129) Michael R Johnston
(cid:129) Harold C Mitchell
Executive Directors
(cid:129) James D Packer (Executive Chairman)
(cid:129) John H Alexander (Executive Deputy Chairman)
(cid:129) Rowen B Craigie (Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer)
Other company executives and key management personnel
(cid:129) Kenneth M Barton (Chief Financial Officer)
(cid:129) Barry J Felstead (Chief Executive Officer, Crown Perth)
(cid:129) Greg F Hawkins (Chief Executive Officer, Crown Melbourne from 5 December 2011)
(cid:129) W Todd Nisbet (Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development)
52
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
In this Report the group of persons comprised of the Executive Directors and the other company executives and key
management personnel (listed above) are referred to as “Senior Executives”.
Response to vote Against 2011 Remuneration Report
At Crown’s 2011 Annual General Meeting, Crown received votes against its Remuneration Report representing greater
than 25% of the votes cast by persons entitled to vote. In other words, Crown received a “First Strike” against its 2011
Remuneration Report.
In these circumstances, the Corporations Act 2001 requires Crown to include in this year’s Remuneration Report, an explanation
of the Board’s proposed action in response to that First Strike or, alternatively, if the Board does not propose any action, the
Board’s reason for such inaction.
Crown’s response to the First Strike was to arrange for senior management to meet with proxy advisers and key institutional
investors to discuss and to understand the main reasons why Crown received the vote against the 2011 Remuneration Report.
In summary, the common theme identified was the need for a more extensive explanation of the rationale behind the new
Crown Long Term Incentive Scheme (the Crown LTI) and for more visibility on the actual performance against the relevant
hurdles for the Crown LTI. In last year’s Remuneration Report, the Crown LTI was described as a mechanism for rewarding
relevant senior executives for achieving certain “earnings per share targets”. Crown has been requested to provide further
disclosure about:
(cid:129) how the earnings per share targets are developed and set;
(cid:129) why “earnings per share” is an appropriate target for the Crown LTI (as opposed to other available measures);
(cid:129) what the earnings per share targets over the life of the Crown LTI are; and
(cid:129) certain features of the Crown LTI such as the right of participants to receive dividends, the ability of the Plan to respond
to control or capital reconstruction events and factors in the Crown LTI which are designed to ameliorate “cliff’s edge”
vesting of bonus tranches.
In addition, Crown has been asked to provide a response to the perceived high level of fixed remuneration of the Chief
Executive Officer and Managing Director.
Crown’s 2012 Remuneration Report has been amended and expanded to respond to the feedback referred to above.
Crown has not, however, amended its overall remuneration policy. The Crown Board remains confident that Crown’s
remuneration policy and the level and structure of its executive remuneration are suitable for the company and its shareholders.
Subsequent to the 2011 Annual General Meeting, the Crown Board and the Crown Nomination and Remuneration Committee
has not engaged any remuneration consultants to advise on remuneration policy or the level or structure of its executive
remuneration. A consultant, Egan & Associates, has, however, reviewed this Remuneration Report and provided advice
on the drafting of the Report.
Overview of Remuneration Policy
Philosophy
Crown is a company that provides outstanding customer service and to remain competitive Crown must continue to enhance
the experience of all customers who visit Crown’s properties. As a result, the performance of the Crown group is highly
dependent upon the quality of its Directors, senior executives and employees.
Crown seeks to attract, retain and motivate skilled Directors and senior executives in leadership positions of the highest calibre.
Crown’s remuneration philosophy is to ensure that remuneration packages properly reflect a person’s duties and responsibilities,
that remuneration is appropriate and competitive both internally and as against comparable companies and that there is a direct
link between remuneration and performance.
Crown has differing remuneration structures in place for Non-Executive Directors and senior executives.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 53
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED
Non-Executive Directors
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
The process for determining remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors has the objective of ensuring maximum benefit
for Crown by the retention of a high quality Board.
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee bears the responsibility of determining the appropriate remuneration for
Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors’ fees are reviewed periodically by the Nomination and Remuneration
Committee with reference taken to the fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors of comparable companies. The Nomination
and Remuneration Committee is subject to the direction and control of the Board.
In forming a view of the appropriate level of Board fees to be paid to Non-Executive Directors, the Committee may also elect
to receive advice from independent remuneration consultants, if necessary. Details regarding the composition of the Committee
and its main objectives are outlined in the Corporate Governance Statement. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee
is comprised solely of Non-Executive independent directors.
No performance based fees are paid to Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to participate in Crown’s
long term incentive plan (described more fully below) and were not entitled to participate in Crown’s Executive Share Plan.
Non-Executive Directors are not provided with retirement benefits other than statutory superannuation at the rate prescribed
under the Superannuation Guarantee legislation.
Senior Executives
The remuneration structure incorporates a mix of fixed and performance based remuneration. The following section provides
an overview of the fixed and performance based elements of executive remuneration. The summary tables provided later in this
Report indicate which elements apply to each Senior Executive.
Crown’s key strategies and business focuses are to:
(cid:129) continue to maximise the performance of Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth and to manage the significant capital
expenditure programs currently underway to deliver value for shareholders;
(cid:129) work with MCE to maximise the value of MCE’s Macau business;
(cid:129) improve the profitability of Crown’s international joint ventures; and
(cid:129) assess other relevant growth opportunities.
Senior Executive remuneration structure is tied to these strategies and focuses.
Details of Senior Executive Remuneration Structure
Fixed remuneration
The objective of fixed remuneration is to provide a base level of remuneration which is appropriate to the Senior Executive’s
responsibilities, the geographic location of the Senior Executive and competitive standing in the appropriate market.
Fixed remuneration is therefore determined with reference to available market data, the scope and any unique aspects
of an individual’s role and having regard to the qualifications and experience of the individual. From time to time, Crown seeks
a range of specialist advice to establish the competitive remuneration for its Senior Executives.
Fixed remuneration typically includes base salary and superannuation at the rate prescribed under the Superannuation Guarantee
legislation, mobile telephone costs, complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth and may include, at the
election of the Senior Executive, other benefits such as a motor vehicle, additional contribution to superannuation, car parking
and staff gym membership, aggregated with associated fringe benefits tax to represent the total employment cost (TEC)
of the relevant Senior Executive to Crown.
Fixed remuneration for the Senior Executives (except the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director) is reviewed annually
by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and the Executive Chairman of Crown and is approved by the Nomination
and Remuneration Committee.
54
The review process measures the achievement by the Senior Executives of their Key Performance Objectives (KPOs)
established at the beginning of the financial year (see further below), the performance of Crown and the business in which
the Senior Executive is employed, relevant comparative remuneration in the market and relevant external advice.
Fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director is reviewed by the Executive Chairman and approved
annually following consideration by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee of his or her performance against his or her
annual KPOs.
The fixed remuneration for Crown’s Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, Mr Rowen Craigie, was determined in 2007
as part of the de-merger of the gaming businesses of Publishing and Broadcasting Limited and listing of Crown Limited
in December 2007. Details of Mr Craigie’s remuneration, including his fixed remuneration, were included in the Demerger
Scheme Booklet issued by Publishing and Broadcasting Limited and considered by Publishing and Broadcasting Limited
shareholders at the Scheme meeting on 30 November 2007. Mr Craigie’s fixed remuneration has not changed since that date.
Mr Craigie’s fixed remuneration is in the top quartile of ASX top 50 listed companies. Mr Craigie’s maximum short term incentive,
however, is at the 75th percentile for the same group and below the median level on a realised basis. In addition, Mr Craigie’s
fixed remuneration is comparable to the CEOs of global gaming companies with operations across several jurisdictions.
When taken together with his potential STI payment, Mr Craigie’s remuneration is below the average of his peers in the
global gaming industry.
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
The global gaming industry is highly competitive and the Board believes Mr Craigie’s skills and experience in developing and
operating major integrated resorts are in high demand in this industry. The Board believes that these capabilities, together
with Mr Craigie’s longstanding association with Crown’s Australian businesses, are valuable to the group and that accordingly,
Mr Craigie’s remuneration (which was negotiated in 2007) remains appropriate.
Any payments relating to redundancy or retirement are as specified in each relevant Senior Executive’s contract of employment.
For summaries of Senior Executive contracts of employment, see page 67.
Performance based remuneration
The performance based components of remuneration for Senior Executives seek to align the rewards attainable by Senior
Executives with the achievement of particular annual and long term objectives of Crown and the creation of shareholder value
over the short and long term. The performance based components which applied to the Senior Executives during the year
are as follows:
(cid:129) Short Term Incentives (STI); and
(cid:129) Long Term Incentives (the Crown LTI).
The predecessor to the Crown LTI was the Executive Share Plan (ESP). Whilst the ESP was still in operation at the commencement
of financial year 2012, it was subsequently wound up and provided no practical benefit to Senior Executives.
A key focus of the Crown Board is the achievement of the Crown group’s annual business plan and budget and the long term
financial plan. In order to provide incentives to executives, each of the STI and the Crown LTI link back to elements of the
business plan and budget and long term financial plan. It is therefore important to understand how that business plan and
budget and long term financial plan are developed.
Development of Long Term Financial Plan (Four Year Financial Plan)
Each year, the Crown Board approves a financial plan which contains the key assumptions and forecasts for each Crown
group business and for the Crown group as a whole for the four year period commencing in the following financial year
(Four Year Financial Plan).
The process for developing, reviewing and approving each Four Year Financial Plan is rigorous. Each department in each
Crown business must prepare a four year financial plan. Key inputs into this process include current operating performance
and the previously approved Four Year Financial Plan, having regard to:
(cid:129) performance relative to targets set in the previous Four Year Financial Plan;
(cid:129) any changes in the business;
(cid:129) any changes in factors affecting performance over the four year period; and
(cid:129) any new strategic initiatives and changes in the market in which those businesses are operating.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 55
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED
The targets in each department’s four year financial plan incorporate an underlying target growth in operating profit with
additional operating profit increases arising from capital expenditure programs, performance improvement initiatives and
other strategic impacts.
Each department’s four year forecast is consolidated into the relevant business’s four year forecast which is then reviewed
by the CEO and CFO of the relevant business.
In turn, each business’s four year forecast is then incorporated into the Four Year Financial Plan and reviewed by the Crown
Limited CEO and CFO. The Four Year Financial Plan is then reviewed by the Executive Chairman before it is submitted to the
Crown Board for review and approval.
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
Development of Annual Business Plan and Budget
Crown’s annual business plan and budget (Annual Business Plan and Budget) is prepared following approval by the Crown
Board of the Crown Four Year Financial Plan.
The Annual Business Plan and Budget is based on the first year of the Four Year Financial Plan and details key operational
strategic initiatives and the risks to be addressed. It is developed on a departmental basis, which is then incorporated into
each business’s annual budget and business plan and, finally, into the Crown group Annual Business Plan and Budget,
which then must be approved by the Crown Board.
Short Term Incentives (STI)
The remuneration of the Senior Executives is linked to Crown’s short term annual performance through a cash-based STI.
Individuals may be paid an STI following an assessment of the performance of the Crown group in the previous year and the
performance of the individual against agreed annual KPOs. Senior Executives have a potential or target STI, which is subject
to the Crown group’s performance and the achievement of the Senior Executive’s KPOs established at the beginning of each
financial year. In summary, the typical KPO structure might comprise the following elements:
Financial Performance Objectives
Performance against budgeted normalised EBITDA1 and/or net profi t after tax.
Typical Non-fi nancial Objectives
(cid:129) Management of major capital expenditure programs to ensure projects are
delivered on time and on budget, while minimising disruption at relevant
Australian properties as well as the subsequent delivery of anticipated benefits
from those capital programs.
(cid:129) Reinforcement and delivery of outstanding customer experiences through
continuous improvement in Crown’s service culture.
(cid:129) Successful management of Crown stakeholders, including government, media,
trade unions and community organisations, to achieve targeted outcomes.
(cid:129) Achievement of successful expansion of customer base for Crown properties
through marketing or other relevant activities.
(cid:129) Growth in engagement levels of employees across Crown.
(cid:129) Achievement of margin improvement targets through the implementation of
approved programs aimed at reducing costs and increasing asset yield.
(cid:129) Achievement (or maintenance) of improvements in key occupational health
and safety statistics.
(cid:129) Achievement of VIP turnover growth and market share.
1 In this Report, the term “normalised EBITDA” represents EBITDA which has been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win
rate on VIP program play and the impact of significant items (where applicable).
Financial performance objectives are derived from Crown’s Annual Business Plan and Budget as the Crown Board considers
this is the best way to ensure that Crown meets that Annual Business Plan and Budget, aligning performance outcomes with
shareholder value.
56
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
A failure to achieve relevant financial performance objectives will result in Senior Executives receiving either, no STI bonus
or, where relevant financial performance objectives are only partially met, a reduced STI bonus. The Crown Board retains
discretion, however, to pay an STI bonus where financial performance objectives have not been met, but other objectives
have been achieved.
Appropriate non-financial performance objectives (such as those set out above) are also included in a Senior Executive’s KPOs
where they are within that Senior Executive’s sphere of influence and are relevant to the Senior Executive’s area of work.
These metrics are aligned with the achievement of Crown’s Annual Business Plan and Budget.
The performance of each Senior Executive against financial and non-financial KPOs is reviewed on an annual basis. Whether
KPOs have been achieved is determined by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, having regard to the operational
performance of the business or function in which the Senior Executive is involved and the Chief Executive Officer and Managing
Director’s assessment of the attainment of the individual’s KPOs.
The Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and the Executive Chairman review performance based remuneration
entitlements and recommend the STI payments, subject to final approval by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee
and the Board.
The Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director’s eligibility for an STI is reviewed by the Executive Chairman and determined
by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee on behalf of the Board.
In financial year 2012, Crown Limited’s NPAT budget was exceeded and Crown Perth met its financial performance objectives
for its non-VIP businesses, however, Crown Melbourne’s financial performance objectives were not met. Accordingly, the
group’s financial performance objectives were only met in part. As a result, STI bonuses were reduced. In addition, given
the achievement of some important non-financial objectives, the Board exercised its discretion and favourably adjusted the
STI bonuses for some senior executives.
The CEO received 80% of his target STI bonus of $1 million and did not receive any part of his further “discretionary bonus”
of $1 million for exceptional performance.
For a more detailed commentary on financial year 2012 STI bonuses see page 71.
2010 Crown LTI (Crown LTI)
The Crown LTI has been made available to selected senior executives with effect from 1 July 2010. All Senior Executives
together with approximately 20 other senior executives in the Crown group participate in the Crown LTI. Most participants
commenced participating in the Crown LTI with effect from 1 July 2010, but some executives who joined the Crown group
after this date are participating on a pro rata basis.
Operation of the Crown LTI
The award of a long term incentive bonus under the Crown LTI is dependent on Crown achieving certain earnings per
share hurdles (EPS Hurdles) in respect of, or in relation to, the four financial years ending 30 June 2011, 30 June 2012,
30 June 2013 and 30 June 2014 (each a Plan Year).
For the purposes of the Crown LTI, earnings per share (EPS) excludes contribution from Melco Crown Entertainment Limited
(MCE) and is calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Crown Profit
Total Crown Shares
where:
Crown Profit means, in respect of a Plan Year, the normalised net profit after tax of the group for that Plan Year (excluding
the contribution made by MCE); and
Total Crown Shares means the average of the largest number of Crown shares on issue during each day during the relevant
Plan Year.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 57
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED
How EPS Hurdles are derived
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
The EPS Hurdles adopted in the Crown LTI were derived directly from EPS forecasts put in place in respect of the 2011 Four
Year Financial Plan (each an EPS Target). Accordingly, the Crown LTI is specifically designed to provide an incentive to senior
executives participating in the Crown LTI (Participants) to ensure the Four Year Financial Plan from financial year 2011 to financial
year 2014 is met. The way in which Crown’s Four Year Financial Plans are developed has been described in detail above.
The EPS Hurdles in financial year 2011, financial year 2012 and financial year 2013 are 98% of the EPS Target for the relevant
year in the Four Year Financial Plan. The EPS Hurdle in financial year 2014 is 100% of the EPS Target for the relevant year
in the Four Year Financial Plan.
The Four Year Financial Plan upon which EPS Hurdles are based has not been varied and remains the basis for determining
the Crown LTI bonus payments.
Why EPS has been used as the single measure for Crown LTI
Crown has elected to use earnings per share as the single measure for its Crown LTI.
Earnings per share targets represent the product of individual business unit future performance projections (as determined
by relevant executives based on their business unit’s four year financial plan targets). These individual future performance
projections are aggregated with group costs, interest and taxes to arrive at a Crown group earnings per share target.
As a result, each executive knows with certainty what performance hurdles need to be met from their respective business
operations over an extended period in order to meet the EPS Targets. In addition, as the executive group collectively needs
to achieve the consolidated EPS Target, it fosters a cooperative approach across businesses to ensure the Crown group
as well as individual business unit outcomes are optimised.
In developing the Crown LTI, consideration was given by the Crown Board to a range of measures as well as multiple
measures, however, ultimately, it was determined that a single clear, unambiguous target in the form of an earnings per share
hurdle was best suited to Crown. For example, consideration was given to the use of a relative measure, such as relative total
shareholder return (TSR), however, it was decided such measures were not appropriate for Crown. This is because there are
a limited number of comparable companies within any sizeable ASX comparator group and many of the larger companies
listed on ASX bear little resemblance to Crown (e.g. financial institutions and resource companies). As the results and share
prices of such companies can be expected to move in line with different economic factors (such as credit conditions and
global resource market conditions) the Crown Board considered it to be inappropriate to base Crown executives’ long term
rewards on factors over which Crown executives have little influence.
In addition, the complexity of TSR and other relative measures (to accommodate changes in the comparator group,
restructurings and capital management initiatives) can, in some cases, cause them to be of limited value in motivating executives
to individually and collectively deliver outstanding performance. It is difficult for executives to equate their individual performance
and efforts to the performance of Crown’s share price relative to unrelated and incomparable companies.
Crown acknowledges that its EPS Targets are, to a large degree, an internal measure. However, Crown has disclosed in this
report its historical EPS Targets and EPS Hurdles as well as actual EPS, so that shareholders are able to see the “stretch”
nature of these targets.
H ow bonuses accrue
If an EPS Hurdle is achieved in respect of a Plan Year, a Participant will become entitled to a portion of the potential maximum
bonus (Maximum Bonus) which may be achieved under the Crown LTI in accordance with the following table:
Plan Year
Plan Year 1
Plan Year 2
Plan Year 3
Plan Year 4
Percentage
15%
20%
25%
40%
Bonuses are only ultimately paid at the end of financial year 2014 either by way of the transfer of shares acquired under the
Crown LTI or the payment of cash. See further below.
58
Effect of achieving an EPS Hurdle
If an EPS Hurdle is met in respect of a Plan Year, the Crown LTI provides that Crown will calculate the dollar value of the bonus
in respect of the relevant Plan Year (Plan Year Bonus) by multiplying the Maximum Bonus for the Participant by the relevant
percentage applicable to that Plan Year (as set out in the table above).
If the Plan Year is Plan Year 1, Plan Year 2 or Plan Year 3, Crown will pay the Plan Year Bonus earned by the Participant to the
nominated Trustee and instruct the Trustee to apply that Plan Year Bonus to acquire Crown shares on market (Participant
Shares), to be held on trust for the benefit of the Participant until the end of Plan Year 4 at which time the shares will be
transferred to the Participant.
If the Plan Year is Plan Year 4, Crown will pay the Plan Year 4 Plan Year Bonus to the Participant in cash. Crown will also advise
the Trustee, who will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant.
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
Effect of not achieving one or more EPS Hurdles
If an EPS Hurdle is not met, the Crown LTI provides as follows:
(cid:129) if an EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 1, Plan Year 2 or Plan Year 3 is not met, Crown will calculate the Plan Year Bonus
which would have been applied to the purchase of Participant Shares had the relevant EPS Hurdle been met (Carried Over
Plan Year Bonus);
(cid:129) if the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 is met:
– the Plan Year 4 Bonus will be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant in cash;
– the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant; and
– if the sum of the EPS Targets for financial year 2011, financial year 2012, financial year 2013 and financial year 2014
(Cumulative EPS Hurdle) has also been met, any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will also be paid to the relevant
Participant in cash.
(cid:129) if the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 is not met but both the Fallback Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle (i.e. 98% of the Plan
Year 4 EPS Target) and the Cumulative EPS Hurdle are met:
– the Plan Year Bonus in respect of Plan Year 4 will be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant in cash;
– any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will be paid to the relevant Participant in cash; and
– the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant.
(cid:129) if neither the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 nor the Fallback Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle are met but the Cumulative
EPS Hurdle is met:
– the Plan Year Bonus in respect of Plan Year 4 will not be paid in cash by Crown to the relevant Participant;
– any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will be paid to the relevant Participant in cash; and
– the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant.
(cid:129) if neither the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 nor the Cumulative EPS Hurdle are met (whether or not the Fallback
Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle is met):
– the Plan Year Bonus in respect of Plan Year 4 will not be paid in cash by Crown to the relevant Participant;
– any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will lapse and will not be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant; and
– the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 59
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
Illustration
The following is an illustration of a range of outcomes which might have been achieved by a Participant under the Crown LTI.
It does not include every permutation or combination of outcomes which the Crown LTI was designed to achieve.
Key:
(cid:57) = Achieved
(cid:56) = Not achieved.
Year 1
EPS Hurdle
Met?
15%
Year 2
EPS Hurdle
Met?
20%
Year 3
EPS Hurdle
Met?
25%
Year 4
EPS Hurdle
Met?
40%
Fallback
Year 4
EPS Hurdle
Met?
40%
Cumulative EPS Hurdle Met?
(cid:57)
(cid:57)
(cid:57)
(cid:57)
(cid:56)
(cid:57)
(cid:57)
(cid:57)
(cid:56)
(cid:56)
(cid:57)
(cid:57)
(cid:56)
(cid:56)
(cid:56)
(cid:57)
(cid:56)
(cid:56)
(cid:56)
(cid:56)
(cid:57)
60% shares
40% cash
(cid:57)
60% shares
40% cash
(cid:57)
60% shares
No cash
(cid:57)
35% shares
65% cash
(cid:57)
35% shares
25% cash
(cid:57)
15% shares
85% cash
(cid:57)
15% shares
45% cash
(cid:56)
60% shares
No cash
(cid:56)
60% shares
No cash
(cid:56)
35% shares
No cash
(cid:56)
35% shares
No cash
(cid:56)
15% shares
No cash
(cid:56)
15% shares
No cash
(cid:56)
No shares
No cash
(cid:57)
(cid:56)
(cid:57)
(cid:56)
(cid:57)
(cid:56)
(cid:56)
* Note: the percentage allocations between cash and shares are based on the Maximum Bonus, with the share component being valued based
on the value of Crown shares at the time of acquisition. Subsequent movements in the price of Crown shares may result in changes to the cash
and share proportions.
What happens to dividends earned on Crown shares acquired under the Crown LTI
All dividends received on shares held in trust are passed through to the Participant. All bonuses earned in the final year of
the Crown LTI (including any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses) will be paid in cash and so no dividends are earned or passed
through to executives in respect of these bonuses.
What happens if an executive’s employment with Crown ceases
If a Participant’s employment with Crown ceases, then the Participant would not be entitled to any part of his or her Crown
LTI bonus, except for where the Participant’s employment has been terminated by Crown without cause, in which case the
Participant will be entitled to any tranche (in the form of shares held on trust) which has vested prior to the date of termination.
The shares will only be transferred to the Participant after the end of financial year 2014, in accordance with the terms of the
Crown LTI.
60
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
How EPS Hurdles can be amended
In the event that corporate control events or capital reconstruction events impact the achievement of EPS Hurdles, then the
Crown Board has discretion to amend the EPS Hurdles in such a way that does not materially disadvantage Participants.
The Crown Board retains general power to amend the rules of the Crown LTI from time to time.
In financial year 2012, Crown undertook a share buy back during which Crown bought back 30 million Crown shares or
4% of Crown’s shares then on issue for approximately $238.1 million. The Crown Board has considered the impact of the
financial year 2012 share buy back along with the impact of other corporate activity undertaken during financial year 2012
and determined not to adjust the EPS Targets as a result of the financial year 2012 share buy-back.
How the Crown LTI ameliorates issues with “cliff’s edge” vesting
As noted above, Crown was requested to provide more information about the nature of vesting, particularly whether the
bonuses paid under the Crown LTI are in the nature of “cliff’s edge” (i.e., all or nothing) outcomes or graduated outcomes.
As described above, key features of the Crown LTI are that:
(cid:129) the EPS Hurdles for Plan Years 1, 2 and 3 are set at 98% of the EPS Targets in the 2011 Four Year Financial Plan; and
(cid:129) if at the end of financial year 2014, on a cumulative basis, the EPS Hurdles over all four years are met, then any Carried
Over Plan Year Bonuses will vest and be paid to the relevant senior executive in cash.
Accordingly, when viewed as a whole, the Maximum Bonus under the Crown LTI consists of four separate and individually
achievable targets, as well as a cumulative target. As a result, there are a range of potential outcomes depending on
performance against target in each year of the Crown LTI as well as the cumulative result.
This is designed to ameliorate issues with “cliff’s edge” vesting, by giving participants a “second chance” to have a tranche
paid when an individual EPS Hurdle is not met.
Disclosure of prospective EPS Targets and historical EPS Targets
The disclosure of prospective EPS Targets would have the consequence of providing the market and Crown’s competitors
with Crown’s forecasted financial forecasts. It has been Crown’s longstanding practice not to disclose prospective financial
information and financial forecasts. Accordingly, Crown will not publicly disclose prospective EPS Targets.
Such concerns, however, are not as significant in relation to historical EPS Targets and EPS Hurdles and performance against
those historical EPS Hurdles.
Set out below are the EPS Targets and EPS Hurdles which applied for financial year 2011 and financial year 2012 together
with Crown’s actual EPS for financial year 2011 and financial year 2012.
EPS Target
(2011 Four Year
Financial Plan)
EPS Target
Growth
(2011 Four Year
Financial Plan)
EPS Hurdle
(Crown LTI)*
Actual EPS
Actual EPS
Growth (from
previous year)
44.1 cents
N/A
43.2 cents
42.3 cents
(3.0%)
48.7 cents
10.4%
47.7 cents
43.9 cents
3.7%
Tranche
Vested?
No
No
Financial
Year 2011
Financial
Year 2012
* In financial year 2011, financial year 2012 and financial year 2013, the EPS Hurdle is 98% of the 2011 Four Year Financial Plan EPS Target.
All references in the above table to “EPS” exclude the contribution made by MCE.
Given that the financial year 2011 and financial year 2012 EPS Hurdles were not met, participants have lost the opportunity
to acquire the maximum proportion of shares (60%) under the Crown LTI.
The range of outcomes available to a Participant are now reduced. The potential maximum proportion of shares which may
now be achieved has reduced to 25%.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 61
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
Set out below are some further illustrations of possible future outcomes (recognising that the financial year 2011 and financial
year 2012 EPS Hurdles were not met). Again, the following does not represent the full range of outcomes which might
be achieved.
Year 1
EPS Hurdle
Met?
15%
Year 2
EPS Hurdle
Met?
20%
Year 3
EPS Hurdle
Met?
25%
Year 4
EPS Hurdle
Met?
40%
Fallback Year 4
EPS Hurdle
Met?
40%
(cid:56)
(cid:56)
(cid:56)
(cid:56)
(cid:57)
(cid:57)
(cid:57)
(cid:56)
(cid:57)
(cid:56)
Cumulative EPS Hurdle Met?
(cid:57)
25% shares
75% cash
(cid:57)
25% shares
75% cash
(cid:57)
25% shares
No cash
(cid:56)
25% shares
40% cash
(cid:56)
25% shares
No cash
(cid:56)
25% shares
No cash
* Note: the percentage allocations between cash and shares are based on the Maximum Bonus, with the share component being valued based
on the value of Crown shares at the time of acquisition. Subsequent movements in the price of Crown shares may result in changes to the cash and
share proportions.
MCE Contribution Bonus
At the commencement of the Crown LTI, the Crown Board considered it of high importance to the Crown group that MCE
achieve the MCE “Contribution” targets in Crown’s Four Year Financial Plan and that certain executives who played a key
role in Crown’s relationship with MCE be provided with an extra incentive to ensure this goal was achieved. Mr Craigie and
Mr Nisbet are Crown nominees on the MCE Board and Mr Barton works with the MCE CFO in providing assistance on
MCE financial matters.
Accordingly, in the case of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet, part of the Maximum Bonus to which they are eligible (the
MCE Contribution Bonus) is dependent on MCE achieving certain MCE Contribution hurdles (MCE Contribution Hurdles).
Mr Craigie’s maximum potential MCE Contribution Bonus is approximately 15% of his Maximum Bonus and for Mr Barton
it is approximately 11% and for Mr Nisbet it is approximately 17%.
The MCE Contribution Hurdles are derived from the MCE Contribution targets in Crown’s 2011 Four Year Financial Plan
(MCE Contribution Targets). MCE Contribution is defined as Crown’s percentage interest in MCE from time to time, multiplied
by the normalised net profit after tax of MCE.
If an MCE Contribution Hurdle is achieved in respect of a Plan Year, a Participant will become entitled to a portion of their
potential Maximum Bonus. The rules on the effect of achieving or not achieving MCE Contribution Hurdles are the same
as for the EPS Bonus.
The MCE Contribution Bonus is independent of the portion of the bonus which is referable to meeting the EPS Hurdles
(EPS Bonus). Accordingly, Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet may achieve some or all of their entitlement to the MCE
Contribution Bonus without achieving any part of the EPS Bonus and the converse also applies.
Disclosure of MCE Contribution Targets
For the same reasons set out above, Crown elects not to publicly disclose prospective MCE Contribution Targets.
Such concerns, however, are not as significant in relation to historical MCE Contribution Targets and MCE Contribution
Hurdles and performance against those historical MCE Contribution Hurdles.
62
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
Set out below are the MCE Contribution Targets and MCE Contribution Hurdles for financial year 2011 and financial year 2012
and MCE’s actual Contribution for financial year 2011 and financial year 2012.
MCE
Contribution
Target
(2011 Four Year
Financial Plan)
MCE
Contribution
Target Growth
(2011 Four Year
Financial Plan)
MCE
Contribution
Hurdle*
Actual MCE
Contribution
Actual MCE
Contribution
Growth
(US$30.9 million)
N/A (US$31.5 million) US$20.4 million
154.7%
US$37.2 million
220.4% US$36.5 million
US$95.0 million
365.7%
Tranche
Vested?
Yes
Yes
Financial
year 2011
Financial
year 2012
*
In financial year 2011, financial year 2012 and financial year 2013, the MCE Contribution Hurdle is 98% of the 2011 Four Year Financial Plan
MCE Contribution Target.
Given that the financial year 2011 and financial year 2012 MCE Contribution Hurdles were met, participants maintain the
opportunity to acquire the maximum proportion of shares as part of the MCE Contribution Bonus portion of the Crown LTI.
Details of Participation of Senior Executives in Crown LTI
Of the Senior Executives named in this Report, five participate in the Crown LTI. Details of potential Crown LTI cash bonuses
are as follows:
Senior Executive
Maximum Value
over four year
period
30 June 2011
(15%)
30 June 2012
(20%)
30 June 2013
(25%)
30 June 2014
(40%)
Rowen Craigie
$12,300,000
$1,845,000
$2,460,000
Ken Barton
Barry Felstead
Greg Hawkins*
Todd Nisbet
$4,500,000
$3,600,000
$3,000,000
$5,250,000
$675,000
$540,000
$271,500
$787,500
$900,000
$720,000
$642,000
$3,075,000
$1,125,000
$900,000
$802,500
$1,050,000
$1,312,500
$4,920,000
$1,800,000
$1,440,000
$1,284,000
$2,100,000
* Mr Hawkins’ commencement date with Crown Melbourne Limited was 6 December 2010. Accordingly, his first year entitlement to an EPS Bonus
has been reduced on a pro rata basis to approximately seven months of participation in the Crown LTI. Had Mr Hawkins been a participant from
1 July 2010, his Maximum Value over the four year period would have been $3,210,000. The entitlements for 30 June 2012, 30 June 2013 and
30 June 2014 have been determined by reference to that Maximum Value. On account of the pro rata reduction, the total possible EPS Bonus
which Mr Hawkins may achieve is $3,000,000.
As noted in the tables above:
(cid:129) in financial year 2011, Crown did not meet the relevant EPS Hurdle and accordingly, EPS Bonuses for financial year 2011
have not vested. The MCE Contribution Hurdle for financial year 2011 was, however, achieved. Accordingly, an entitlement
to 15% of their potential MCE Contribution Bonus for each of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet has vested; and
(cid:129) in financial year 2012, Crown did not meet the relevant EPS Hurdle and accordingly, EPS Bonuses for financial year 2012
have not vested. The MCE Contribution Hurdle for financial year 2012 was, however, achieved. Accordingly, an entitlement
to 20% of their potential MCE Contribution Bonus for each of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet has vested.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 63
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED
Set out below are the vested bonus amounts for the above participants in respect of financial year 2011 and financial year 2012:
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
Senior Executive
Rowen Craigie
Ken Barton
Barry Felstead
Greg Hawkins
Todd Nisbet
Maximum Bonus over
four year period
Vested in relation to
the fi nancial year ended
30 June 2011
Vested in relation to
the fi nancial year ended
30 June 2012
$12,300,000
$4,500,000
$3,600,000
$3,000,000
$5,250,000
$270,000
$75,000
Nil
Nil
$360,000
$100,000
Nil
Nil
$135,000
$180,000
In accordance with the rules of the Crown LTI, the vested component of the cash bonus for financial year 2011 has been
(and in the case of financial year 2012 will be) applied by Crown to fund the purchase of Crown shares on market, which
are to be held on trust for each of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet until the end of financial year 2014.
Details of shares held on trust for Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet are set out below:
Senior Executive
Rowen Craigie
Ken Barton
Todd Nisbet
* Shares acquired for an average price of $7.65 per share.
Executive Share Plan (ESP)
Shares Acquired with fi nancial year 2011 Bonus*
35,217
9,782
17,608
As noted earlier, the predecessor to the Crown LTI was the Executive Share Plan (ESP). Whilst the ESP was still on foot at the
commencement of financial year 2012, it was wound up in September 2011 and no longer operates.
The net impact over the life of the ESP and on winding up of the ESP on those Crown executives who participated in the ESP
was that no Crown shares which had been issued under the ESP were retained by Crown executives and no cash bonuses
were received. All dividends paid on the Crown shares issued under the ESP were repaid to Crown and used to pay interest
on the loans provided to ESP participants. On winding up, all Crown ESP shares issued to participants were forfeited to
Crown, sold and the proceeds used to repay the loans provided to ESP participants.
A detailed description of how the ESP operated and its features has been included in previous Annual Reports. Given that the
ESP provided no practical benefit to Senior Executives, that description has not been replicated here.
Relationship between policy and company performance
As detailed above in the sections on Fixed Remuneration, STI and the Crown LTI, various elements of Crown’s remuneration
policy are linked to company performance, in particular, the achievement of Crown’s Board approved Annual Budget and
Business Plan (in the case of STI) and Crown’s Board approved Four Year Financial Plan (in the case of the Crown LTI).
The Crown Board has sought to achieve this link by requiring the achievement of an annual level of normalised EBITDA and
net profit after tax (in the case of STI) or predetermined EPS Targets and the achievement of MCE Contribution Targets
(in the case of the Crown LTI).
Full details of how these links have been achieved are set out in the sections of the Report above, but, in summary:
(cid:129) An STI may be payable if Crown achieves its budgeted financial objectives and where an individual achieves his or her
annual KPOs, assessed using a combination of financial and non-financial measures;
(cid:129) The Crown LTI may be payable where Crown achieves predetermined EPS Hurdles in financial year 2011, financial year 2012,
financial year 2013 and financial year 2014; and
(cid:129) A component of the Crown LTI may be payable to key senior executives involved in managing the performance of MCE,
where MCE has achieved predetermined MCE Contribution Targets.
64
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
This year, normalised EBITDA generated by Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth, Crown’s wholly owned Australian casinos,
grew by 5.1%. The compound average normalised EBITDA growth for Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth for the five year
period commencing from financial year 2007 through to financial year 2012 was 4.9%. Normalised Crown group NPAT grew
by 22.0% in financial year 2012. The compound average normalised NPAT growth for the Crown group for the four year period
commencing from financial year 2008 through to financial year 2012 was 2.9%.
The table below sets out information about movements in shareholder wealth for the years ended 30 June 2008, 30 June 2009,
30 June 2010, 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2012.
Year ended
30 June 2008
Year ended
30 June 2009
Year ended
30 June 2010
Year Ended
30 June 2011
Year Ended
30 June 2012
Share price at start of period
Share price at end of period
NA1
$9.29
$9.29
$7.27
$7.27
$7.77
$7.77
$8.93
$8.93
$8.49
Full year dividend
54 cents2
37 cents3
37 cents3
37 cents4
37 cents5
Basic/diluted earnings per share6
54.58 cps
33.74 cps
38.54 cps
44.29 cps
69.78 cps
Notes:
1. As Crown was admitted to the official list of the ASX on 3 December 2007, there is no trading data for 1 July 2007.
2. Franked to 40% with unfranked component made up of conduit foreign income.
3. Franked to 60% with none of the unfranked component comprising conduit foreign income.
4. Interim dividend franked to 60% and final dividend franked to 50% with none of the unfranked components comprising conduit foreign income.
5. Franked to 50% with none of the unfranked component comprising conduit foreign income.
6. Excluding the effect of discontinued operations and significant items.
Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk
Crown’s policy prohibits Directors and Senior Executives entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic
risk. This is described in the Corporate Governance Statement.
Remuneration Details for Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors are entitled to a base fee of $100,000 per annum for acting as a Director of Crown.
Non-Executive Directors acting on the Board of Crown Melbourne Limited are entitled to receive a further fee of $60,000
per annum.
Non-Executive Directors of Crown are entitled to additional fees if they act as either chair or a member of an active Committee
(the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee, the Occupational Health, Safety & Environment Committee, the Nomination
and Remuneration Committee or the Risk Management Committee):
(cid:129) $20,000 per annum for acting as Chair of an active Board Committee; or
(cid:129) $10,000 per annum for acting as a member of an active Board Committee.
All Directors are entitled to complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth facilities.
In accordance with Crown’s constitution, Non-Executive Directors’ fees are currently determined within an aggregate
Non-Executive Directors’ fee cap of $1,300,000 per annum.
There is no intention to seek an increase of the Non-Executive Directors’ fee cap at the 2012 Annual General Meeting.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 65
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
Set out below is a table showing Non Executive Director remuneration for financial years 2012 and 2011.
Remuneration Table – Non-Executive Directors
Short Term Benefi ts
Financial
Year
Salary &
Fees
Non
Monetary
Other
Post-
employment
Benefi t –
Superannuation
Long Term Incentives
Cash
Based
Equity
Based
Termina-
tion
Benefi ts
Ben Brazil
Non-Executive Director
Helen Coonan1
Non-Executive Director
Christopher Corrigan
Non-Executive Director
Rowena Danziger 2
Non-Executive Director
Geoffrey Dixon
Non-Executive Director
David Gyngell 5
Non-Executive Director
John Horvath 2
Non-Executive Director
Ashok Jacob 3
Non-Executive Director
Michael Johnston 3
Non-Executive Director
Harold Mitchell
Non-Executive Director
Richard Turner 4
Non-Executive Director
2012 TOTALS
2011 TOTALS
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
120,000
103,333
58,333
–
110,000
110,000
210.000
208,107
140,000
140,000
–
21,970
190,000
151,288
–
–
–
–
77,000
2,237
–
150,000
905,333
886,935
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
10,800
9,300
5,250
–
9,900
9,900
–
–
–
–
–
1,977
15,775
13,616
–
–
–
–
42,900
40,000
–
–
84,625
74,793
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Total
130,800
112,633
63,583
–
119,900
119,900
210,000
208,107
140,000
140,000
–
23,947
205,775
164,904
–
–
–
–
119,900
42,237
–
150,000
989,958
961,728
Notes:
1. Ms Coonan was appointed on 2 December 2011.
2. Mrs Danziger and Professor Horvath each received Directors’ fees at a rate of $60,000 per annum for their participation on the Crown Melbourne
Limited Board.
3. Neither Mr Jacob nor Mr Johnston receives remuneration for their services to Crown.
4. Mr Turner resigned 1 May 2011.
5. Mr Gyngell resigned as a director on 25 November 2010. His fees are representative of the period commencing 13 September 2010 through
to 25 November 2010.
Remuneration details for Senior Executives
Senior Executives
Senior Executives are employed under service agreements with Crown or a business of the Crown group. Common features
to these service agreements include (unless noted otherwise):
(cid:129) an annual review of the executive’s fixed remuneration, with any increases requiring approval of the Chief Executive Officer
and Managing Director and the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and dependent on Crown’s financial
performance, the individual’s KPO performance and market changes;
(cid:129) competitive performance based incentive payments annually and in the long term, dependent upon Crown achieving
its objectives and the Senior Executive achieving his or her KPOs;
(cid:129) Crown may ask the executive to act as a Director of a member or associate of the Crown group for no additional remuneration;
(cid:129) a prohibition from gambling at any property within the Crown group during the term of employment and for three months
following termination and a requirement that the executive maintains licences required and issued by relevant regulatory
authorities (such as the Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation and the Western Australian Gaming
and Wagering Commission);
66
(cid:129) where post-employment restraints apply, a restraint covering, amongst other things, competitive activities to those of the
Crown group. Restraint periods vary and have been noted in each instance;
(cid:129) where an employment agreement is terminated by Crown, notice may be given in writing or payment may be made (wholly
or partly) in lieu of notice;
(cid:129) all contracts may be terminated without notice by Crown for serious misconduct; and
(cid:129) all Senior Executives are entitled to complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth facilities.
Specific details of each Senior Executive’s contract of employment which applied during the financial year ending 30 June 2012
are summarised in the tables on the following pages. Where a Senior Executive has had more than one contract of employment
during the year, or where a new contract of employment has been entered into post year end, this has been noted in those tables.
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
Summary of Contracts of Employment Applicable During the Year Ended 30 June 2012
James D Packer
John H Alexander
Current Position
Executive Chairman
Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:
Nil.
The Executive Chairman, Mr Packer, does not
receive any remuneration for his services to Crown.
Mr Packer acts as a Director of Melco Crown
Entertainment Limited, a company in which Crown
has a signifi cant investment. Mr Packer does not
receive a fee from Crown for these services.
Executive Deputy Chairman
(commenced 1 December 2007):
Mr Alexander currently has a fi ve year employment
agreement with Crown Limited which is due to expire
in December 2012.
$1,484,225 per annum
(increasing annually by CPI)1
Superannuation
Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to
$15,775 per annum.
Non-monetary benefi ts
and other:
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and
Crown Perth facilities.
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and
Crown Perth facilities and superannuation.
Performance based
remuneration
Not applicable
Not applicable
2012 Percentage breakdown
of remuneration
Not applicable
Post employment benefi ts
Not applicable
Post-employment restraint
Not applicable
Termination
By Senior Executive:
By Crown:
Termination benefi ts
Payments made prior
to commencement
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Directors’ Fees
Nil
Fixed remuneration2
100%
STI
0%
LTI
0%
Nil
Crown may impose a restraint for the fi ve year
term of Mr Alexander’s employment agreement
up to 30 November 2012.
12 months’ notice.
12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s
notice for performance issues; three months’ notice
due to incapacity.
Nil
Nil
Nil
1. Mr Alexander’s CPI review in the 2008–2012 financial years has been deferred with his consent.
2. Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 67
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
Current Position
Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:
Superannuation
Non-monetary benefi ts
and other:
Rowen B Craigie
Kenneth M Barton
Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director
(commenced 1 December 2007): Mr Craigie’s fi ve
year employment agreement with Crown Limited
which was due to expire in December 2012 was
extended on 15 September 2011 and will expire
on 30 November 2015.
Chief Financial Offi cer (commenced
9 March 2010): Mr Barton’s employment contract
with Crown Limited commenced on 9 March 2010
and expires in March 2015.
$2,984,225 per annum.
$1,284,225 per annum.
Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to
$15,775 per annum.
Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to
$15,775 per annum.
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and
Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and salary
sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle and
superannuation.
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle
and superannuation. Until Mr Barton relocates to
Melbourne, Crown will meet the weekly travel costs
of his Melbourne/Sydney commuting and will provide
hotel accommodation while in Melbourne.
Performance based remuneration
STI:
LTI:
A maximum of $1,000,000, assessed by the
Executive Chairman based on the achievement
of personal KPOs. A further $1,000,000 may be
paid at the discretion of the Crown Board if Crown’s
performance substantially exceeds that set out
in Crown’s business plan and represents an
exemplary outcome.
Mr Barton’s annual target STI is $500,000 and
payment depends on meeting agreed personal
KPOs. The STI may, at the discretion of the
Nomination and Remuneration Committee,
be increased to a maximum of $750,000 if
Mr Barton exceeds his KPOs and Crown also
achieves its performance objectives.
Mr Craigie participates in the Crown LTI. See further
page 55.
Mr Barton participates in the Crown LTI. See further
page 55.
2012 Percentage breakdown
of remuneration
Fixed remuneration1
43%
STI
12%
LTI
45%
Post employment benefi ts
Nil
Post-employment restraint
Crown may impose a restraint for various periods
up to 24 months.
Fixed remuneration1 STI
18%
45%
Nil
Nil
LTI
37%
Termination
By Senior Executive:
12 months’ notice.
6 months’ notice.
By Crown:
Termination benefi ts
12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s
notice for performance issues (following at least
three months’ notice to improve); three months’
notice for incapacity.
6 months’ notice without cause; one month’s notice
for performance issues (following at least three
months’ notice to improve); three months’ notice
for incapacity.
Subject to the receipt of shareholder approval,
Mr Craigie will be entitled to receive a severance
payment equal to 24 months’ fi xed remuneration
in the event of early termination of his emplyment
by Crown. The imposition of Mr Craigie’s post
employment restraint is conditional upon receipt
of this severance payment.
Nil
Payments made prior to
commencement
Directors’ Fees
Nil
Nil
1. Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.
A $400,000 sign on payment in 2010 less applicable
taxes in order to compensate Mr Barton for unvested
incentives forfeited on cessation of employment with
his previous employer.
Nil
68
Current Position
Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:
Superannuation
Non-monetary benefi ts
and other:
Performance based
remuneration
STI:
LTI:
Greg F Hawkins
Barry J Felstead
Chief Executive Offi cer, Crown Melbourne
(from 5 December 2011): Mr Hawkins’ employment
contract with Crown Melbourne in the role of Deputy
Chief Executive Offi cer commenced on 6 December
2010 and will expire in accordance with its terms.
Mr Hawkins commenced the role of Chief Executive
Offi cer of Crown Melbourne on 5 December 2011.
Chief Executive Offi cer, Crown Perth (from
6 March 2007): Mr Felstead entered into his current
contract of employment on 24 June 2011 which will
expire in accordance with its terms.
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
$1,034,225 per annum.
$1,014,225 per annum.
Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to
$15,775 per annum.
Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to
$15,775 per annum.
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle and
superannuation. Mr Felstead is entitled to one annual
economy airfare between Perth and Melbourne for
himself and his family.
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle
and superannuation.
Mr Hawkins was previously employed by Crown
Melbourne Limited to act in a Chief Executive Role
on a secondment basis at Crown’s investment
properties in Macau.
Under that contract of employment, upon his return
to Australia, Mr Hawkins was entitled reasonable
relocation expenses for Mr Hawkins and his family.
The value of that benefi t has been included in the
Senior Executive remuneration table.
Discretionary STI based on the performance of
Crown Limited and the achievement of personal KPOs.
Mr Hawkins’ annual target STI is 40% of his TEC.
Discretionary STI based on the performance of
Crown and the achievement of personal KPOs.
Mr Felstead’s annual target STI is 40% of his TEC.
Mr Hawkins participates in the Crown LTI. See further
page 55.
Mr Felstead participates in the Crown LTI. See further
page 55.
2012 Percentage breakdown
of remuneration
Fixed
remuneration1
Post employment benefi ts
Nil
54%
STI
5%
LTI
41%
Fixed
remuneration1
STI
40%
Nil
25%
LTI
35%
Post-employment restraint
Crown may impose various restraint periods for
a period of up to 12 months post employment.
Crown may impose various restraint periods for
a period of up to 12 months post employment.
Termination
By Senior Executive:
6 months’ notice.
6 months’ notice.
By Crown:
12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s
notice for performance issues; three months’
notice due to incapacity.
12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s
notice for performance issues; three months’
notice due to incapacity.
Termination benefi ts
Payments made prior to
commencement
Directors’ Fees
Nil
Nil
Nil
1. Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.
Nil
Nil
Nil
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 69
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
Current Position
Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:
Superannuation
Non-monetary benefi ts
and other:
Performance based
remuneration
STI:
LTI:
W. Todd Nisbet
Executive Vice President – Strategy and
Development (from 9 August 2010): Mr Nisbet’s
three year employment agreement with Crown
Limited which was due to expire in August 2013
was extended on 30 August 2011 and will expire
on 30 November 2014.
$1,560,025 per annum.
Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to
$15,775 per annum.
Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle
and superannuation.
Mr Nisbet is entitled to Relocation Benefi ts to assist
with the relocation of him and his family from
Nevada, USA to Melbourne.
During Mr Nisbet’s employment with Crown, he will
also be entitled to additional customary expatriate
benefi ts for himself and his family.
Upon cessation of employment Mr Nisbet will be
entitled to relocation benefi ts for him and his family
to Las Vegas.
Discretionary STI based on the performance of Crown
and the achievement of personal KPOs. Mr Nisbet’s
annual target STI is 50% of his base salary.
Mr Nisbet participates in the Crown LTI. See further
page 55.
2012 Percentage breakdown
of remuneration
Fixed
remuneration1
STI
44%
24%
LTI
32%
Post employment benefi ts
Nil
Post-employment restraint
Crown may impose various restraint periods for
a period of up to 12 months post employment.
Termination
By Senior Executive:
6 months’ notice.
By Crown:
12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s
notice for performance issues; three months’ notice
due to incapacity.
Termination benefi ts
Payments made prior to
commencement
Directors’ Fees
Nil
Nil
Nil
1. Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.
70
Remuneration table for Senior Executives
The structure of senior executive remuneration has been described in detail in this Report, both generically and specifically
in relation to each named Senior Executive. In addition, a table summarising all remuneration to be attributed to each Senior
Executive for the financial years ending 30 June 2012 and 30 June 2011 is set out below. Accounting Standards are prescriptive
in relation to the required presentation of remuneration tables. Accordingly, as an aid to understanding, the following additional
information should be read in conjunction with the table set out below.
Fixed Remuneration
Neither of Mr Alexander nor Mr Craigie received an increase to their fixed remuneration in financial year 2012 as compared
with financial year 2011.
Messrs Nisbet and Hawkins commenced new roles with the group in financial year 2011. Each of Mr Nisbet and Mr Hawkins
was required to relocate with their families to Melbourne, Australia to take up their respective roles. In Mr Nisbet’s case,
he relocated from Las Vegas in the USA and, in Mr Hawkins’ case, he relocated from Macau. Crown met the once off costs
associated with Mr Nisbet’s and Mr Hawkins’ respective relocations and these were reported as part of their financial year
2011 fixed remuneration. Going forward, Mr Nisbet will also be entitled to additional customary benefits relating to his
relocation as described in the summary of his employment contract.
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
Short Term Incentives (STI)
In financial year 2012, Crown Limited’s NPAT budget was exceeded and Crown Perth met its financial performance objectives
for its non-VIP businesses, but Crown Melbourne’s financial performance objectives were not met. The group achieved its
normalised NPAT budget, largely as a result of the performance of MCE’s businesses in Macau. Accordingly, the group’s
financial performance objectives were only met in part.
As a result, STI bonuses were reduced. In addition, given the achievement of some important non-financial objectives,
including the successful management of major capital expenditure projects at both Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth,
the important restructure of some key business units, the successful implementation of a number of margin improvement
projects and the management of key stakeholders associated with major projects, the Board exercised its discretion and
favourably adjusted STI bonuses for some senior executives.
In recognition of the partial achievement of financial performance objectives at the group level, STI bonuses were generally
reduced by 30% and at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth they were reduced by 80% and 20% respectively.
In the case of Mr Craigie, he received 80% of his target STI bonus of $1 million and did not receive the second discretionary
tranche of $1 million for exceptional performance by the group. Messrs Barton, Felstead and Nisbet all received discretionary
STI bonuses based, in part, on the partial achievement of financial performance objectives, but largely on the achievement
of significant non-financial performance objectives, including progress on refinancing Crown’s debt, the commencement of
the Crown Towers Perth project (including reaching agreement with the WA Government) and the successful delivery of a
number of major capital expenditure projects. Messrs Craigie, Barton and Nisbet provide significant support to MCE, with
Messrs Craigie and Nisbet representing Crown on the MCE Board and a number of MCE subsidiary boards. Mr Hawkins’
STI bonus covers a 19 month period from when he commenced his employment with Crown Melbourne. Mr Hawkins
did not receive an STI bonus in financial year 2011.
Long Term Incentives (LTI)
As summarised earlier, Senior Executives participate in the Crown LTI.
In accordance with relevant accounting standards, the Crown LTI is included in the remuneration for each Senior Executive
on the basis that it is considered more likely than not at the date of this financial report that the performance condition and
service condition will occur evenly over the life of the Crown LTI, notwithstanding that the benefits will vest for the Senior
Executives at a different rate. Accordingly, 25% of the total Crown LTI bonus for which each Senior Executive is potentially
eligible will be included in the remuneration table for each of the four active years of the plan, regardless of whether a bonus
has vested or not.
As explained earlier, the first and second tranches of the Crown LTI represents 15% and 20% (respectively) of the total Crown
LTI bonus for which each Senior Executive is eligible. The EPS Hurdle of the Crown LTI for financial year 2011 and financial
year 2012 were not met, but the MCE Contribution Hurdles were met, resulting in 15% and 20% (respectively) of the MCE
Contribution Bonus of the Crown LTI for eligible Senior Executives vesting. Detail of the actual sums vested to relevant Senior
Executives has been provided earlier.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 71
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED
Short Term Benefi ts
Financial
Year
Salary &
Fees
Non
Monetary
Other
STI
% of
max STI
Post-
employment
Benefi ts –
Super-
annuation4
Long Term Incentives
Equity
Based –
Crown LTI5
Cash
Based
Equity
Based –
ESP6
Termina-
tion
Benefi ts
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
550,000
400,000
800,000
600,000
650,000
400,000
84,000
87,320
101,000
–
–
–
–
110%
80%
80%
60%
158%
100%
20%
50%
240,876
985,000
326,053
750,000
125%
100%
–
–
15,775
15,199
15,775
15,199
15,775
15,199
15,775
15,199
15,775
11,400
15,775
15,199
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
James Packer
Executive Chairman
John Alexander
Executive Deputy
Chairman
Ken Barton
Chief Financial Offi cer
Rowen Craigie
Chief Executive Offi cer
& Managing Director
Barry Felstead
Chief Executive Offi cer
Burswood Limited
Greg Hawkins 1
Deputy Chief Executive
Offi cer Crown
Melbourne Limited
Todd Nisbet 2
Executive Vice
President – Strategy
& Development
David Courtney 3
2012 TOTALS
2011 TOTALS
–
–
1,484,225
1,484,801
1,284,225
1,234,801
2,984,225
2,984,801
1,014,225
984,801
970,588
522,836
1,560,025
1,346,587
–
1,335,000
9,297,513
9,893,627
–
–
–
–
56,753
44,220
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,125,000
– 1,125,000
–
3,075,000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– 3,075,000
1,035,275
–
–
–
–
900,000
900,000
750,000
750,000
– 1,312,500
– 1,312,500
–
68,211
–
–
–
–
–
Total
–
–
1,500,000
–
–
–
– 1,500,000
–
3,031,753
– 2,819,220
–
–
–
6,875,000
7,710,275
2,580,000
– 2,368,211
– 1,820,363
– 1,472,556
– 4,114,176
– 3,750,339
–
–
–
–
–
74,521
56,753
44,220
240,876 3,069,000
413,373 2,325,521
–
50%
–
–
–
25,000
94,650
112,395
–
–
–
–
–
–
110,161 3,790,845
5,335,527
7,162,500
–
– 19,921,292
7,162,500
1,213,647 3,790,845 24,956,128
Notes:
1. Mr Hawkins commenced in his role as Deputy Chief Executive Officer on 6 December 2010. On 5 December 2011, Mr Hawkins became
Chief Executive Officer of Crown Melbourne. Mr Hawkins received a total STI payment of $185,000 which, in accordance with his contract
of employment, relates to performance for both the 2011 and 2012 financial years on a pro rata basis. The STI has therefore been split over the
two years in the above table.
2. Mr Nisbet commenced in his role as Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development on 9 August 2010. Refer to the summary of Mr Nisbet’s
contract of employment for a description of the short term entitlements to which Mr Nisbet is entitled.
3. Mr Courtney ceased performing the role of Chief Executive Officer of Crown Melbourne Limited on 8 October 2010. In accordance with the terms
of his Employment Agreement, Mr Courtney remained an employee of the Crown group until 8 October 2011 (representing a 12 month notice
period) at which time he was be paid a severance payment in accordance with his Employment Agreement which included an entitlement to
a payment of 24 months fixed remuneration upon cessation of employment. Those amounts were accrued in the 2011 financial year and were
included in the 2011 Termination Benefits. Mr Courtney’s STI represented 50% of his maximum target STI on a pro rata basis over the period
1 July 2010 to 8 October 2010 when he ceased performing the role of Chief Executive Officer of Crown Melbourne Limited.
4. Long service leave accrued balances have increased during the financial year ended 30 June 2012 for the following Senior Executives:
Mr Alexander $24,983, Mr Barton $21,738, Mr Craigie $49,967, Mr Felstead $17,167, Mr Hawkins $18,605, Mr Nisbet $26,349.
5. The Crown LTI has been included in total remuneration on the basis that it is considered more likely than not at the date of this financial report that
the performance condition and service condition will occur evenly over the life of the Crown LTI, notwithstanding that the benefits will vest for the
Senior Executives at a different rate.
6. AASB 2 “Share-Based Payment” requires an entity to recognise the effects of modifications that increase the total fair value of the share-based
payment arrangement or are otherwise beneficial to the employee. As the modification to the ESP post Demerger reduced the total fair value
of the share-based payment arrangement, Crown continued to account for the services rendered as consideration for the equity instruments
granted as if the modification had not occurred. The allocation of the expenses for Equity Based payments to the Senior Executives made
following the PBL Scheme and the Demerger Scheme was consistent with the split of the PBL ESP Loan as between CMH and Crown Limited
(25 percent/75 percent).
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.
J D Packer
Director
Melbourne, 19th day of September, 2012
R B Craigie
Director
72
Auditor’s Independence Declaration
A
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s
I
n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
c
e
D
e
c
a
r
a
t
i
o
n
l
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 73
Independent Auditor’s Report
I
n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t
A
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s
R
e
p
o
r
t
74
I
n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t
A
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s
R
e
p
o
r
t
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 75
Directors’ Declaration
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
’
s
D
e
c
a
r
a
t
i
o
n
l
In accordance with a resolution of the Directors, we declare as follows:
In the opinion of the directors:
1. the fi nancial statements and notes of the consolidated entity are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
(a) giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s fi nancial position as at 30 June 2012 and of its performance
for the year ended on that date; and
(b) complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the
Corporations Regulations 2001;
2. the fi nancial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in note 1
of the Financial Report;
3. there are reasonable grounds to believe that the consolidated entity will be able to pay its debts as and when they become
due and payable;
4. this declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the Directors in accordance
with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the fi nancial year ending 30 June 2012; and
5. as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Closed Group identifi ed
in note 32 of the Financial Report will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject,
by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee.
On behalf of the Board
J D Packer
Director
R B Craigie
Director
Melbourne, 19th day of September, 2012
76
Financial Report
Contents
78
Income Statement
81
Cash Flow
Statement
79
Statement of
Comprehensive
Income
82
Statement of
Changes in Equity
80
Statement of
Financial Position
83
Notes to the
Financial Statements
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 77
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Income Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2012
I
n
c
o
m
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Continuing Operations
Revenues
Other income
Expenses
Share of profits/(losses) of associates and joint venture entities
Profit before income tax and finance costs
Finance costs
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Net profit after tax
Note
3
3
3
2,10
3
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
2,808,870
2,409,241
426
403
(2,214,766)
(1,959,351)
138,872
733,402
(113,584)
619,818
32,366
482,659
(75,545)
407,114
(71,259)
2,5
(106,493)
513,325
335,855
The above Income Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic EPS
Diluted EPS
EPS calculation is based on the weighted average number of shares on issue
throughout the period
Dividends per share
Current year final dividend proposed
Current year interim dividend paid
2012
Cents per
share
2011
Cents per
share
69.78
69.78
44.29
44.29
Note
29
29
4
4
19.00
18.00
19.00
18.00
78
Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2012
Net profit after tax
Other Comprehensive Income
Foreign currency translation (1)
Movement in cashflow hedge reserve
Unrealised gain/(loss) on investments in associates
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period, net of income tax
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
Note
21
21
21
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
513,325
335,855
40,385
32,941
(328)
(205,916)
(19,230)
500
72,998
(224,646)
586,323
111,209
(1) The movement in the foreign currency translation reserve is largely attributable to foreign exchange movements relating to Crown’s equity
accounted investment in Melco Crown.
The above Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e
I
n
c
o
m
e
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
79
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Statement of Financial Position
At 30 June 2012
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Prepayments
Other financial assets
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Receivables
Other financial assets
Investments
Investments in associates
Property, plant and equipment
Licences
Other intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Current Liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Income tax payable
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Other payables
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Contributed equity
Treasury shares
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity
Note
24
6
7
8
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
5
15
16
17
18
19
16
17
5
18
19
20
20
21
21
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
149,353
201,734
11,850
18,693
337
183,699
123,756
18,070
17,122
7,775
381,967
350,422
102,867
131,477
–
454,338
24,051
98,658
1,088,744
851,721
2,804,379
2,514,905
656,983
207,772
112,640
62,840
664,455
213,030
108,731
66,325
5,490,563
4,673,353
5,872,530
5,023,775
325,731
237,889
29,077
100,598
101,977
22,221
19,752
39,025
102,917
2,276
579,604
401,859
138
–
1,665,589
1,049,707
205,605
209,925
38,183
8,661
27,699
74,225
1,918,176
1,361,556
2,497,780
1,763,415
3,374,750
3,260,360
446,763
645,475
(480)
–
298,786
225,788
2,629,681
2,389,097
3,374,750
3,260,360
The above Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
80
Cash Flow Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2012
Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers
Payments to suppliers and employees
Dividends received
Interest received
Borrowing costs
Income tax paid
Note
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
2,764,378
2,438,649
(2,027,218)
(1,833,769)
4,628
7,124
(122,459)
(55,753)
19
5,377
(86,002)
(73,305)
l
C
a
s
h
F
o
w
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Net cash flows from/(used in) operating activities
24b
570,700
450,969
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Payment in respect of licences
Payment for purchases of equity investments
Payment for the acquisition of controlled entities
Payment for purchases of investments
Net proceeds from sale of equity investments
Loans to associated entities
Repayment of loans from associated entities
Other (net)
22
(464,403)
(351,537)
461
–
–
–
(261,676)
6,632
(27,364)
–
(3,300)
454
(20,000)
(15,106)
(55,134)
–
–
(51,188)
28,051
(2,686)
Net cash flows from/(used in) investing activities
(749,650)
(467,146)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Dividends paid
Payment for share buy-back
ESP proceeds received
Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
962,542
660,341
(347,786)
(384,600)
(272,741)
(278,622)
(238,057)
39,345
143,303
–
6,785
3,904
(35,647)
(12,273)
183,699
196,395
1,301
(423)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year
24a
149,353
183,699
The above Cash Flow Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
81
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2012
Shares
Held in
Trust
$’000
Retained
Earnings
$’000
Net
Unrealised
Gains
Reserve
$’000
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Reserve
$’000
Cashflow
Hedge
Reserve
$’000
Employee
Benefits
Reserve
$’000
Total
Equity
$’000
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
C
h
a
n
g
e
s
i
n
E
q
u
i
t
y
Ordinary
Shares
$’000
645,475
–
–
–
–
39,345
Year ended
30 June 2012
Balance at
1 July 2011
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive
income
Total comprehensive
income for the period
Dividends paid
ESP proceeds
received
Share buy-back
(238,057)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,389,097
629,032
(363,804)
(52,450)
13,010
3,260,360
513,325
–
–
–
–
(328)
40,385
32,941
513,325
(272,741)
–
–
–
(328)
40,385
32,941
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
513,325
72,998
586,323
(272,741)
39,345
(238,057)
(480)
–
(480)
446,763
(480) 2,629,681
628,704
(323,419)
(19,509)
13,010
3,374,750
638,690
–
–
–
–
6,785
–
645,475
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,331,864
628,532
(157,888)
(33,220)
11,327
3,419,305
335,855
–
–
–
–
500
(205,916)
(19,230)
335,855
(278,622)
–
–
500
(205,916)
(19,230)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
335,855
(224,646)
111,209
(278,622)
6,785
1,683
1,683
2,389,097
629,032
(363,804)
(52,450)
13,010 3,260,360
Shares acquired
under Long Term
Incentive Plan
Balance at
30 June 2012
Year ended
30 June 2011
Balance at
1 July 2010
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive
income
Total comprehensive
income for the period
Dividends paid
ESP proceeds
received
Share based
payments expense
Balance at
30 June 2011
The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
82
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(a) Basis of preparation
This financial report is a general-purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements
of the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and other authorative pronouncements of the Australian
Accounting Standards Board. The financial report has also been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative
financial instruments and investments that have been measured at fair value and investments in associates accounted for
using the equity method.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
The financial report is presented in Australian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars ($’000)
unless otherwise stated under the option available to the Company under ASIC Class Order 98/100. The Company
is an entity to which the class order applies.
The financial report of Crown Limited and its controlled entities for the year ended 30 June 2012 was authorised for issue
in accordance with a resolution of the directors on 19 September 2012 subject to final approval by a subcommittee.
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
(b) Statement of compliance
The financial report complies with Australian Accounting Standards as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board
and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
The Group has adopted the following accounting standards, which became applicable from 1 July 2011:
– AASB 124 (revised) – Related Party Disclosures
– AASB 2010-4
– Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the Annual Improvements Project
– AASB 2010-5
– Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards
The adoption of these standards did not have a material effect on the financial position or performance of the Group during
the period.
Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations that have recently been issued or amended but are not yet effective
and have not been adopted by the Group for the reporting period ending 30 June 2012 are outlined in the table below.
Application date
of standard (1)
1 January 2012
Reference Title
AASB
2011-9
Amendments to
Australian Accounting
Standards –
Presentation of Other
Comprehensive
Income
Impact on Group financial report
This Standard requires entities to group items
presented in other comprehensive income on
the basis of whether they might be reclassified
subsequently to profit or loss and those that will not.
The amendment may result in additional disclosure
in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Application date
for Group (1)
1 July 2012
AASB 10 Consolidated
1 January 2013 AASB 10 establishes a new control model that
1 July 2013
Financial Statements
applies to all entities. It replaces parts of AASB 127
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements
dealing with the accounting for consolidated financial
statements and UIG-112 Consolidation – Special
Purpose Entities. Crown does not expect any
significant impact on the Group.
(1) Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
83
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies continued
(b) Statement of compliance continued
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
Reference Title
Application date
of standard (1)
Impact on Group financial report
Application date
for Group (1)
AASB 11
Joint Arrangements
1 January 2013 AASB 11 replaces AASB 131 Interests in Joint
1 July 2013
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
AASB 12
Disclosure of Interests
in Other Entities
AASB 13
Fair Value
Measurement
Ventures and UIG-113 Jointly-controlled Entities
– Non-monetary Contributions by Ventures. AASB 11
uses the principle of control in AASB 10 to define
joint control, and therefore the determination of
whether joint control exists may change. In addition
AASB 11 removes the option to account for
jointly-controlled entities using proportionate
consolidation. Instead, accounting for a joint
arrangement is dependent on the nature of the rights
and obligations arising from the arrangement. Crown
does not expect any significant impact on the Group.
1 January 2013 AASB 12 includes all disclosures relating to an
1 July 2013
entity’s interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements,
associates and structured entities. New disclosures
have been introduced about the judgments made
by management to determine whether control exists,
and to require summarised information about joint
arrangements, associates and structured entities
and subsidiaries with non-controlling interests.
This standard may result in additional or
changes in disclosure.
1 January 2013 AASB 13 establishes a single source of guidance
1 July 2013
AASB 119 Employee Benefits
1 January 2013
AASB
1053
Application of Tiers of
Australian Accounting
Standards
1 July 2013
for determining the fair value of assets and liabilities.
AASB 13 does not change when an entity is required
to use fair value, but rather, provides guidance on
how to determine fair value when fair value is required
or permitted. Application of this definition may result
in different fair values being determined for the
relevant assets.
The main change introduced by this standard is to
revise the accounting for defined benefit plans. The
amendment removes the options for accounting for
the liability, and requires that the liabilities arising from
such plans is recognised in full with actuarial gains
and losses being recognised in other comprehensive
income. It also revised the method of calculating the
return on plan assets. Crown does not expect any
significant impact on the Group.
This Standard establishes a differential financial
reporting framework consisting of two Tiers of
reporting requirements for preparing general purpose
financial statements. Crown does not expect any
significant impact on the Group.
1 July 2013
1 July 2013
(1) Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated.
84
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies continued
(c) Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements are those of the
consolidated entity, comprising Crown Limited (the parent
entity) and all entities that Crown Limited controlled from
time to time during the year and at reporting date.
Information from the financial statements of subsidiaries is
included from the date the parent entity obtains control until
such time as control ceases. Where there is loss of control
of a subsidiary, the consolidated financial statements include
the results for the part of the reporting period during which
the parent entity has control.
Subsidiary acquisitions are accounted for using the
acquisition method of accounting. The financial statements
of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period
as the parent entity, using consistent accounting policies.
Adjustments are made to bring into line any dissimilar
accounting policies that may exist.
All inter-company balances and transactions, including
unrealised profits arising from intra-group transactions,
have been eliminated in full. Unrealised losses are
eliminated unless costs cannot be recovered.
The accounting policies adopted have been applied
consistently throughout the two reporting periods.
(d) Significant accounting estimates
and assumptions
The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities are
often determined based on estimates and assumptions of
future events. The key estimates and assumptions that have
a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the
carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities within the
next annual reporting period are:
Impairment of goodwill and casino licences with indefinite
useful lives
The Group determines whether goodwill and casino licences
with indefinite useful lives are impaired at least on an annual
basis. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount
of the cash-generating units to which the goodwill and
casino licences with indefinite useful lives are allocated.
The assumptions used in this estimation of recoverable
amount and the carrying amount of goodwill and casino
licences with indefinite useful lives are discussed in note 14.
Fair value of investments
In accordance with accounting standards the Group uses
the Level Three method in estimating the fair value of financial
assets. Accordingly, the fair value is estimated using inputs
for the asset that are not based on observable market data.
Share-based payment transactions
The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions
with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity
instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair
value is determined with the assistance of an external valuer,
using the assumptions detailed in note 26.
Taxes
Deferred tax assets are recognised for all unused tax losses
to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be
available against which the losses can be utilised. Management
judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred
tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely
timing and the level of future taxable profits.
Doubtful debts
An allowance for doubtful debts is recognised when there is
objective evidence that an individual trade debt is impaired.
Significant Items
Management determines significant items based on the
nature, size and generally accepted accounting principles.
(e) Income tax
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior
periods are measured at the amount expected to be
recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based
on the current period’s taxable income. The tax rates and
tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are
enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.
Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences
at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets
and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial
reporting purposes.
Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable
temporary differences except:
(cid:129) where the deferred income tax liability arises from the
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction
that is not a business combination and, at the time of
the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit
nor taxable profit or loss; or
(cid:129) when taxable temporary differences associated with
investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests
in joint ventures, except where the timing of the reversal
of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is
probable that the temporary differences will not reverse
in the foreseeable future.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
85
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies continued
The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to,
the taxation authority is included as part of receivables
or payables in the Statement of Financial Position.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
(e) Income tax continued
Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible
temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets
and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that
taxable profit will be available against which the deductible
temporary differences, and the carry-forward of unused tax
assets and unused tax losses can be utilised except:
(cid:129) when the deferred income tax asset relating to the
deductible temporary difference arises from the initial
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that
is not a business combination and, at the time of the
transaction, affects neither the accounting profit not
taxable profit or loss; or
(cid:129) when the deductible temporary differences associated
with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests
in joint ventures, deferred tax assets are only recognised
to the extent that it is probable that the temporary
differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and
taxable profit will be available against which the
temporary differences can be utilised.
The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is
reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent
that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will
be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax
asset to be utilised.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured
at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when
the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax
rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively
enacted at the reporting date.
Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity
are recognised in equity and not the Income Statement.
(f) Other taxes
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the
amount of GST except:
(cid:129) where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and
services is not recoverable from the taxation authority,
in which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost
of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item
as applicable;
(cid:129) Gaming revenues, due to the GST being offset against
casino taxes; and
(cid:129) Receivables and payables are stated with the amount
of GST included.
86
Cash flows are included in the Cash Flow Statement on
a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising
from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable
from, or payable to, the taxation authority, are classified
as operating cash flows.
Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net
of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to,
the taxation authority.
(g) Foreign currency translation
Both the functional and presentation currency of Crown
Limited and its Australian subsidiaries is Australian dollars.
Each foreign entity in the Group determines its own
functional currency and items included in the financial
statements of each foreign entity are measured using
that functional currency, which is translated to the
presentation currency.
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded
in the functional currency at the exchange rates ruling at
the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the
rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date.
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical
cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange
rate as at the date of the initial transaction. Non-monetary
items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are
translated using the exchange rates at the date when
the fair value was determined.
As at the reporting date the assets and liabilities of overseas
subsidiaries are translated into the presentation currency of
Crown Limited at the rate of exchange ruling at the reporting
date and the profit or loss is translated at the weighted
average exchange rates for the period. The exchange
differences arising on the retranslation are taken directly
to a separate component of equity.
On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative
amount recognised in equity relating to that particular foreign
operation is recognised in the Income Statement.
(h) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the Statement of Financial
Position comprises of cash at bank and on hand, and short
term deposits with an original maturity of three months or
less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash
and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes
in future value.
For the purposes of the Cash Flow Statement, cash and
cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents
as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies continued
(l) Investments and other financial assets
Financial assets are classified based on:
(i) Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original invoice
amount less an allowance for any uncollectable amounts.
An estimate for doubtful debts is made when there is
objective evidence that the full amount may not be collected.
Bad debts are written off when identified.
Receivables from associates and other related parties are
carried at amortised cost less an allowance for impairment.
Interest, when charged is taken up as income on an
accrual basis.
(j) Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net
realisable value.
Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present
location and condition are accounted for as follows:
(cid:129) Gaming inventories which include food, beverages and
other consumables are costed on a weighted average
basis; and
(cid:129) Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in
the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs
of completion and the estimated costs necessary to
make the sale.
(k) Investments in associates
The financial statements of the associates are used by the
Group to apply the equity method. Where associates apply
different accounting policies to the Group, adjustments are
made upon application of the equity method.
(i) The objective of the entity’s business model
for managing the financial assets; and
(ii) The characteristics of the contractual cash flow.
The classification depends on the purpose for which the
financial assets were acquired. Management determines the
classification of its financial assets at initial recognition. An
irrevocable election is made by instrument to determine if the
instrument is measured at fair value either through Other
Comprehensive Income (OCI) or the Income Statement.
When financial assets are recognised initially, they are
measured at fair value, plus, in the case of assets at fair
value through OCI, directly attributable transaction costs.
The best evidence of fair value is quoted prices in an active
market. The fair value of the investments and other financial
assets that do not have a price quoted in an active market
have been estimated using valuation techniques based
on assumptions that are not supported by observable
market prices or rates. The fair value is reassessed each
reporting period.
If the fair value through Income Statement approach is
adopted, increments and decrements on the fair value
of the financial asset at each reporting date are recognised
through the Income Statement.
If the fair value through OCI approach is adopted, increments
and decrements on the fair value are recognised in OCI,
without recycling of gains and losses between Income
Statement and OCI, even on disposal of the investment.
Dividends in respect of these investments that are a return
on investment are recognised in the Income Statement.
Investments in associates are carried in the Statement of
Financial Position at cost plus post-acquisition changes in
the Group’s share of net assets of the associates, less any
impairment in value. The Income Statement reflects the
Group’s share of the results of operations of the associates.
Purchases or sales of financial assets that require delivery
of assets within a time frame established by regulation or
convention in the market place (regular way trades) are
recognised on the trade date, i.e., the date that the Group
commits to purchase or sell the asset.
Where there has been a change recognised directly in the
associates’ equity, the Group recognises its share of any
changes and discloses this, when applicable in the
Statement of Comprehensive Income.
When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals
or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any
unsecured long term receivables and loans, the Group
does not recognise further losses unless it has incurred
obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.
(m) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less
accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value.
Depreciation and amortisation is calculated on a straight-line
basis over the estimated useful life of the asset as follows:
(cid:129) Freehold buildings – 40 to 75 years;
(cid:129) Leasehold improvements – lease term; and
(cid:129) Plant and equipment – 2 to 15 years.
The asset’s residual values, useful lives and amortisation
methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each
financial year end.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
87
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies continued
(m) Property, plant and equipment continued
Impairment
The carrying values of property, plant and equipment
are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be
recoverable. For an asset that does not generate largely
independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is
determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset
belongs. If any such indication exists and where the carrying
values exceed the estimated recoverable amount, the
assets or cash-generating units are written down to their
recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment
is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use.
In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are
discounted to their present value using a post-tax discount
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time
value of money and the risks specific to the asset.
De-recognition
An item of property, plant and equipment is de-recognised
upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset.
Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of the asset
(calculated as the difference between the net disposal
proceeds and the carrying amount of the item) is included
in the Income Statement in the period the item is de-recognised.
(n) Intangible assets
Licences
Licences are carried at cost less any accumulated
amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.
The directors regularly assess the carrying value of casino
licences so as to ensure they are not carried at a value
greater than their recoverable amount.
The casino licence premiums are carried at cost of acquisition.
The Crown Melbourne licence is being amortised on a
straight-line basis over the remaining life of the licence from
the time PBL acquired Crown Melbourne, being 34 years.
The Crown Perth licence is assessed as perpetual and,
as such, no amortisation is charged. The Crown Perth
licence is subject to an annual impairment assessment.
Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost being
the excess of the cost of the business combination over
the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Following
initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any
accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised.
88
As at the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is allocated
to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefit
from the combination’s synergies.
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment, annually or more
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is
determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the
cash generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Where
the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less
than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised.
Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and
part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the
goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is
included in the carrying amount of the operation when
determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation.
Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured
on the basis of the relative values of the operation disposed
of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.
Other intangible assets
Acquired both separately and from a business combination.
Intangible assets acquired separately are capitalised at cost
and from a business combination are capitalised at fair value
as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, the
cost model is applied to the class of intangible assets.
The useful lives of these intangible assets are assessed to
be either finite or indefinite. Where amortisation is charged
on assets with finite lives, this expense is taken to the
Income Statement.
Intangible assets created within the business are not
capitalised and expenditure is charged against profits
in the period in which the expenditure is incurred.
Intangible assets are tested for impairment where an indicator
of impairment exists, and annually in the case of intangible
assets with indefinite lives, either individually or at the cash
generating unit level. Useful lives are also examined on an
annual basis and adjustments, where applicable, are made
on a prospective basis.
Gains or losses arising from de-recognition of an intangible
asset are measured as the difference between the net
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and
are recognised in the Income Statement when the net asset
is de-recognised.
(o) Recoverable amount of assets
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there
is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Where
an indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes a
formal estimate of recoverable amount. Where the carrying
amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount the
asset is considered impaired and is written down to its
recoverable amount.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies continued
(o) Recoverable amount of assets continued
Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be
reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate
asset. The expense relating to any provision is presented
in the Income Statement net of any reimbursement.
Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs
to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for
which there are separately identifiable cash flows that are
largely independent of the cash flows from other assets or
groups of assets (cash-generating units). In assessing value
in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted
to their present value using a post-tax discount rate that
reflects current market assessments of the time value
of money and the risks specific to the asset.
(p) Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are brought to account for
amounts payable in relation to goods received and services
rendered, whether or not billed to the Group at reporting
date. The Group operates in a number of diverse markets,
and accordingly the terms of trade vary by business.
(q) Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair
value of the consideration received less directly attributable
transaction costs.
After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings
are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest method.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the
Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of
the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly associated with qualifying assets
are capitalised, including any other associated costs directly
attributable to the borrowing. The capitalisation rate to
determine the amount of borrowing costs to be capitalised is
the weighted average interest rate applicable to the Group’s
outstanding borrowings during the year, in this case 6.9%.
All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period they
are incurred.
(r) Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present
obligation (legal or constructive) to make a future sacrifice
of economic benefits to other entities as a result of past
transactions or other events, it is probable that a future
sacrifice of economic benefit will be required and a reliable
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.
If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions
are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects the
risks specific to the liability. When discounting is used, the
increase in the provision due to the passage of time is
recognised as a finance cost.
A provision for dividends is not recognised as a liability
unless the dividends are declared, or publicly recommended
on or before the reporting date.
(s) Employee benefits
Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as
a result of employees rendering services up to reporting
date including related on-costs. The benefits include wages
and salaries, incentives, compensated absences and other
benefits, which are charged against profits in their respective
expense categories when services are provided or benefits
vest with the employee.
The provision for employee benefits is measured at the
remuneration rates expected to be paid when the liability is
settled. Benefits expected to be settled after twelve months
from the reporting date are measured at the present value
of the estimated future cash outflows to be made in respect
of services provided by employees up to the reporting date.
The liability for long service leave is recognised in the
provision for employee benefits and measured as the
present value of expected future payments to be made
in respect of services provided by employees up to the
reporting date using the projected unit credit method.
Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary
levels, experience of employee departures, and periods
of service. Expected future payments are discounted using
market yields at the reporting date on national government
bonds with terms to maturity and currencies that match,
as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.
(t) Share-based payment transactions
Equity settled transactions
The Group provides benefits to senior executives in the
form of share-based payments, whereby executives render
services in exchange for shares or rights over shares
(equity-settled transactions).
The plan in place to provide these benefits is the Executive
Share Plan (ESP).
The cost of these equity-settled transactions with executives
is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity
instruments at the date which they are granted. The fair
value is determined by an external valuer using the Monte
Carlo model, further details of which are given in note 26.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
89
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies continued
(t) Share-based payment transactions continued
Equity settled transactions continued
In valuing equity-settled transactions, only conditions linked
to the price of the shares of Crown Limited are taken into
account, further details of which are given in note 26.
The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together
with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in
which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled,
ending on the date on which the relevant executives become
fully entitled to the award (the vesting period).
The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled
transactions at each reporting date until vesting dates reflects:
(i) The extent to which the vesting period has expired; and
(ii) The Group’s best estimate of the number of equity
instruments that will ultimately vest.
No adjustment is made for the likelihood of market
performance conditions being met as the effect of these
conditions is included in the determination of fair value at
grant date. The charge to the Income Statement for the
period is the cumulative amount as calculated above less
the amounts already charged in previous periods. There
is a corresponding entry to equity.
(u) Leases
Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all
the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased
item, are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the fair
value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value
of the minimum lease payments.
Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges
and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.
Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the
Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
(v) De-recognition of financial instruments
The de-recognition of a financial instrument takes place
when the Group no longer controls the contractual rights
that comprise the financial instrument, which is normally
the case when the instrument is sold, or all the cash flows
attributable to the instrument are passed through to an
independent third party.
(w) Derivative financial instruments and hedging
Derivatives are carried as assets when their fair value is
positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative.
Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value
of derivatives, except for those that qualify as cash flow
hedges, are taken directly to profit or loss for the year.
The fair value of forward exchange contracts are calculated
by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts
with similar maturity profiles. The fair values of interest rate
swaps are determined by reference to market values for
similar instruments.
Hedges that meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting
are accounted for as follows:
(i) Fair value hedges
Fair value hedges are hedges of the Group’s exposure to
changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability or
an unrecognised firm commitment, or an identified portion
of such an asset, liability or firm commitment that is
attributable to a particular risk and could affect profit or loss.
For fair value hedges, the carrying amount of the hedged
item is adjusted for gains and losses attributable to the risk
being hedged and the derivative is remeasured to fair value.
Gains and losses from both are taken to profit or loss.
The Group discontinues fair value hedge accounting if
the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or
exercised, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge
accounting or the Group revokes the designation. Any
adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged financial
instrument for which the effective interest method is used
is amortised to profit or loss. Amortisation may begin as
soon as an adjustment exists and shall begin no later than
when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes
in its fair value attributable to the risk being hedged.
(ii) Cash flow hedges
Cash flow hedges are hedges of the Group’s exposure
to variability in cash flows that is attributable to a particular
risk associated with a recognised asset or liability that
is a firm commitment and that could affect profit or loss.
The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging
instrument is recognised directly in equity, while the
ineffective portion is recognised in the Income Statement.
Amounts taken to equity are transferred out of equity and
included in the measurement of the hedged transaction
(finance costs or inventory purchases) when the forecast
transaction occurs. If the hedging instrument expires or
is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or
roll-over, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked (due to
it being ineffective), amounts previously recognised in equity
remain in equity until the forecast transaction occurs.
90
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
(y) Contributed equity
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Issued capital is
recognised at the fair value of the consideration received,
less transaction costs.
(z) Revenue
Revenue is recognised and measured at the fair value of
the consideration received or receivable to the extent that
it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the
Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. The
following specific recognition criteria must also be met
before revenue is recognised:
Sale of goods
Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards
of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer and
can be measured reliably. Risks and rewards are considered
passed to the buyer at the time of delivery of the goods to
the customer.
Rendering of services
Revenue is recognised when control of the right to be
compensated for the services and the stage of completion
can be reliably measured.
Casino revenues are the net of gaming wins and losses.
Interest
Revenue is recognised as the interest accrues (using the
effective interest method, which is the rate that exactly
discounts estimated future cash receipts through the
expected life of the financial instrument) to the net carrying
amount of the financial asset.
Dividends
Revenue is recognised when the shareholders’ right
to receive the payment is established.
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies continued
(x) Impairment of financial assets
(i) Financial assets carried at amortised cost
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether a
financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on
loans and receivables carried at amortised cost has been
incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the
difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the
present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding
future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted
at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate (i.e. the
effective interest rate computed at initial recognition). The
carrying amount of the asset is reduced either directly or
through use of an allowance account. The amount of the
loss is recognised in the Income Statement.
The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of
impairment exists individually for financial assets that are
individually significant, and individually or collectively for
financial assets that are not individually significant. If it is
determined that no objective evidence of impairment exists
for an individually assessed financial asset, whether
significant or not, the asset is included in a group of financial
assets with similar credit risk characteristics and that group
of financial assets is collectively assessed for impairment.
Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for
which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognised
are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment
loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively
to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised,
the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed. Any
subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in
the Income Statement, to the extent that the carrying value
of the asset does not exceed its amortised cost at the
reversal date.
(ii) Financial assets carried at cost
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has
been incurred on an unquoted equity instrument that is not
carried at fair value (because its fair value cannot be reliably
measured), or on a derivative asset that is linked to and
must be settled by delivery of such an unquoted equity
instrument, the amount of the loss is measured as the
difference between the assets carrying amount and the
present value of estimated cash flows, discounted at the
current market rate of return for a similar financial asset.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
91
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
(ac) Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the
acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a
business combination shall be measured at fair value, which
shall be calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair
values of the assets transferred by the acquirer, the liabilities
incurred by the acquirer to former owners of the acquiree
and the equity issued by the acquirer, and the amount of any
non-controlling interest in the acquiree. Acquisition-related
costs are expensed as incurred.
When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the
financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate
classification and designation in accordance with the
contractual terms, economic conditions, the Group’s
operating or accounting policies and other pertinent
conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the
separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts
by the acquiree.
If the business combination is achieved in stages, the
acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held
equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value
at the acquisition date through profit or loss.
Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the
acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition
date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent
consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability will
be recognised in accordance with AASB 139 either in profit
or loss or as a change to other comprehensive income. If the
contingent consideration is classified as equity, it should not
be remeasured until it is finally settled within equity.
1. Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies continued
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
(aa) Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic EPS is calculated as net profit after tax, adjusted to
exclude any costs of servicing equity (other than dividends),
divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares,
adjusted for any bonus element.
Diluted EPS is calculated as net profit after tax, adjusted for:
(cid:129) costs of servicing equity (other than dividends);
(cid:129) the after tax effect of dividends and interest associated
with dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been
recognised as expenses; and
(cid:129) other non-discretionary changes in revenues or expenses
during the period that would result from the dilution of
potential ordinary shares;
divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares
and dilutive potential ordinary shares, adjusted for any
bonus element.
(ab) Segment Information
The Group’s operating segments have been determined
based on internal management reporting structure and the
nature of the products provided by the Group. They reflect
the business level at which financial information is provided
to management for decision making regarding resource
allocation and performance assessment. The segment
information presented is consistent with internal
management reporting.
The Group has three operating segments being Crown
Melbourne, Crown Perth and Aspinall’s Club.
92
2. Segment Information
30 June 2012
N
o
t
e
s
Normalised Result (1)
Crown
Melbourne
$’000
Crown
Perth
$’000
Aspinall’s
Club
$’000
Unallo-
cated
$’000
Crown
Group
$’000
Adjust-
ment(1)
$’000
Note
Actual
Crown
Group
$’000
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
991,915
440,774
253
– 1,432,942
– 1,432,942
481,013
154,267
91,402
–
726,682
70,636
797,318
372,074
190,068
1,138
4,627
567,907
(393)
–
–
567,907
(393)
1,845,002
785,109
92,793
4,627 2,727,138
70,636
2,797,774
3
11,522
11,522
1,845,002
785,109
92,793
4,627 2,738,660
70,636 2,809,296 (2)
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Operating revenue
Main floor gaming
VIP program play
Non Gaming
Intersegment
Operating revenue
Interest revenue
Total revenue
Segment result
Gaming taxes & commissions
(580,959)
(195,946)
(48,839)
–
(825,744)
8,619
(817,125)
Operating expenses
Intersegment
Earnings before interest, tax,
depreciation and amortisation
“EBITDA”
(753,457)
(362,884)
(23,310)
(40,123)
(1,179,774)
393
–
–
(1,179,774)
393
510,586
226,279
20,644
(35,496)
722,013
79,255
801,268
Depreciation and amortisation
3
(168,519)
(45,916)
(1,195)
(2,630)
(218,260)
–
(218,260)
Earnings before interest and tax “EBIT”
342,067
180,363
19,449
(38,126)
503,753
79,255
583,008
Equity accounted share of
associates’ net profit/(loss)
Net interest income/(expense)
Income tax benefit/(expense)
95,133
43,739
138,872
(102,062)
–
(102,062)
(81,864)
(24,629)
(106,493)
Profit/(loss) after tax
342,067
180,363
19,449
(38,126)
414,960
98,365
513,325
Capital expenditure
249,418
238,611
1,827
33
489,889
–
489,889
Investments in associates
10
–
–
– 1,088,744 1,088,744
– 1,088,744
(1) Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play (at Crown Melbourne,
Crown Perth, Aspinall’s Club and Melco Crown). The theoretical win rate is the expected hold percentage on VIP program play over time.
Accordingly, the normalised result gives rise to adjustments to VIP program play revenue, gaming taxes, income tax expense and equity
accounted share of associates’ result.
(2) Total revenue of $2,809.3 million includes $0.4 million of profit on disposal of non-current assets, which is not included in revenue in the
Income Statement.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
93
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
2. Segment Information continued
30 June 2011
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Normalised Result (1)
Crown
Melbourne
$’000
Crown
Perth
$’000
Aspinall’s
Club
$’000
Unallo-
cated
$’000
Crown
Group
$’000
Adjust-
ment(1)
$’000
Note
Actual
Crown
Group
$’000
930,657
413,770
–
– 1,344,427
– 1,344,427
418,236
116,772
30,583
365,179
169,728
145
–
19
565,591
(44,219)
521,372
535,071
(194)
–
–
535,071
(194)
1,714,072
700,270
30,728
19 2,444,895
(44,219) 2,400,676
3
8,968
–
8,968
1,714,072
700,270
30,728
19 2,453,863
(44,219) 2,409,644 (2)
Operating revenue
Main floor gaming
VIP program play
Non Gaming
Intersegment
Operating revenue
Interest revenue
Total revenue
Segment result
Gaming taxes & commissions
(503,406)
(157,044)
(21,469)
–
(681,919)
16,251
(665,668)
Operating expenses
Intersegment
Earnings before interest, tax,
depreciation and amortisation
“EBITDA”
(704,955)
(348,073)
(5,339)
(39,906) (1,098,273)
– (1,098,273)
194
–
194
505,711
195,153
3,920
(39,887)
664,897
(27,968)
636,929
Depreciation and amortisation
3
(155,238)
(37,437)
(308)
(2,620)
(195,603)
–
(195,603)
Earnings before interest and tax “EBIT”
350,473
157,716
3,612
(42,507)
469,294
(27,968)
441,326
Equity accounted share of
associates’ net profit/(loss)
Net interest income/(expense)
Income tax benefit/(expense)
16,640
15,726
32,366
(66,578)
–
(66,578)
(79,074)
7,815
(71,259)
Profit/(loss) after tax
350,473
157,716
3,612
(42,507) 340,282
(4,427)
335,855
Capital expenditure
231,054
125,657
26
8
356,745
Investments in associates
10
–
–
–
851,721
851,721
–
–
356,745
851,721
(1) Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play (at Crown Melbourne,
Crown Perth, Aspinall’s Club and Melco Crown) and pre-opening costs in respect of City of Dreams. The theoretical win rate is the expected hold
percentage on VIP program play over time. Accordingly, the normalised result gives rise to adjustments to VIP program play revenue, gaming
taxes, income tax expense and equity accounted share of associates’ result.
(2) Total revenue of $2,409.6 million includes $0.4 million of profit on disposal of non-current assets, which is not included in revenue in the
Income Statement.
94
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
3. Revenue and Expenses
Profit before income tax expense includes the following revenues and expenses:
(a) Revenue from continuing operations
Revenue from services
Revenue from sale of goods
Interest
Dividends
Other operating revenue
(b) Other income from continuing operations
Profit on disposal of non-current assets
(c) Expenses from continuing operations
Cost of sales
Gaming activities
Other ordinary activities
Depreciation of non-current assets
(included in expenses above)
Buildings
Plant and equipment
Amortisation of non-current assets
(included in expenses above)
Casino licence fee and management agreement
Other assets
Total depreciation and amortisation expense
(d) Other income and expense disclosures
Finance costs expensed:
Debt facilities
Capitalised interest
Bad and doubtful debts – trade debtors
Rentals – operating leases
Superannuation expense
Other employee benefits expense
Executive share plan expenses
Net (gain)/loss on listed investments & total return swaps
Net foreign currency (gains)/losses
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
2,433,817
2,063,289
339,402
315,947
11,522
4,627
19,502
8,968
19
21,018
2,808,870
2,409,241
426
403
127,210
119,623
2,044,803
1,797,202
42,753
42,526
2,214,766
1,959,351
70,394
130,182
200,576
54,757
120,810
175,567
14,437
3,247
17,684
14,417
5,619
20,036
218,260
195,603
125,705
(12,121)
113,584
17,326
7,002
45,219
86,440
(10,895)
75,545
11,210
5,262
41,872
683,951
628,921
–
(20,111)
(1,214)
1,683
(7,775)
2,885
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
95
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
4. Dividends Paid and Announced
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
(a) Dividends declared and paid during the financial year
Prior year final dividend (paid 14 October 2011)
Paid at 19 cents (2010: 19 cents) per share and franked at 50% (2010: 60% franked)
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2010: 30%)
141,630
144,095
Current year interim dividend (paid 17 April 2012)
Paid at 18 cents (2011: 18 cents) per share franked at 50% (2011: 60% franked)
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2011: 30%)
Total dividends appropriated
(b) Dividends announced and not recognised as a liability
Current year final dividend (expected to be paid 12 October 2012)
131,111
136,511
272,741
280,606
Announced at 19 cents (2011: 19 cents) per share and franked at 50% (2011: 50% franked)
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2011: 30%)
138,395
144,095
(c) Franking credits
The tax rate at which the final dividend will be franked is 30% (2011: 30%). The franking account
disclosures have been calculated using the franking rate applicable at 30 June 2012.
The amount of franking credits available for the subsequent financial year:
Franking account balance as at the end of the financial year at 30% (2011: 30%)
6,550
24,612
Franking credits that will arise from the payment of income taxes payable as at the end of the
financial year
Franking debits that will arise from the refund of income taxes receivable as at the end of the
financial year
Total franking credits
42,955
16,846
(528)
48,977
(7,975)
33,483
The amount of franking credits available for future reporting periods:
Impact on the franking account of dividends announced before the financial report
was authorised for issue but not recognised as a distribution to equity holders during
the financial year
Total franking credits available for future reporting periods
(29,656)
(30,877)
19,321
2,606
96
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
5. Income Tax
(a) Income tax expense
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
The prima facie tax expense, using tax rates applicable in the country of operation, on profit
differs from income tax provided in the financial statements as follows:
Profit before income tax
Prima facie income tax expense on profit at the Australian rate of 30% (2011: 30%)
619,818
185,945
407,114
122,134
Tax effect of:
Non deductible depreciation and amortisation
Share of associates’ net losses/(profits)
Differences in foreign tax rates
Non assessable income sheltered by capital losses
Other items – net
Deferred income tax on temporary differences
Income tax (over)/under provided in prior years
Income tax expense
Income tax expense comprises:
Current expense
Deferred expense
Deferred expense/(benefit) due to change in tax rate
Adjustments for current income tax of prior periods
(b) Deferred income taxes
Deferred income tax assets
Deferred income tax liabilities
Acquisitions
Net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities)
(c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities at the end of the financial year
The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:
Doubtful debt provision
Employee benefits provision
Revenue losses carried forward
Other receivables
Other provisions
Prepaid casino tax
Licences and intangibles
Land and buildings
Property, plant & equipment
Other
Net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities)
2,242
(41,662)
(34,850)
–
(8,764)
(8,238)
11,820
106,493
102,912
(8,456)
217
2,247
(9,710)
(30,335)
(14)
2,201
4,779
(20,043)
71,259
86,523
4,779
–
11,820
(20,043)
106,493
71,259
112,640
205,605
–
108,731
209,527
398
(92,965)
(101,194)
8,851
26,442
3,241
33,474
23,289
9,060
24,647
7,422
38,905
19,133
(18,050)
(18,870)
(109,565)
(117,351)
(77,653)
(71,593)
6,683
10,323
6,770
683
(92,965)
(101,194)
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
97
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
5. Income Tax continued
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
(d) Movements in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the financial year
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year
Charged/(credited) to the income statement
Acquisitions
Exchange differences
Carrying amount at the end of the year
(e) Tax losses not brought to account, as the realisation of the benefits
represented by these balances is not considered to be probable
The Group has tax losses arising in Australia that are available indefinitely for offset against
future capital gains.
Capital gains tax – no expiry date
Total tax losses not brought to account
Potential tax benefit at respective tax rates
(f) Unrecognised temporary differences
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
(101,194)
(96,017)
8,239
–
(10)
(4,779)
(398)
–
(92,965)
(101,194)
1,190,351
1,190,351
357,105
801,389
801,389
240,417
At 30 June 2012, there is no recognised or unrecognised deferred income tax liability (2011: $nil) for taxes that would be
payable on the unremitted earnings of certain of the Group’s subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, as the Group has
no liability for additional taxation should such amounts be remitted.
(g) Tax consolidation
Crown Limited and its 100% owned Australian resident subsidiaries have formed a tax consolidated group with effect from
1 July 2007. Crown Limited is the head entity of the tax consolidated group. Members of the group have entered into a tax
sharing arrangement with Crown Limited in order to allocate income tax expense between Crown Limited and the wholly
owned subsidiaries. In addition, the agreement provides for the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities should
the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. At the balance date the possibility of default is remote.
(h) Tax effect accounting by members of the tax consolidated group
Members of the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax funding agreement. The tax funding agreement provides
for the allocation of current and deferred taxes to members of the tax consolidated group in accordance with their taxable
income for the period. The allocation of taxes under the tax funding agreement is recognised as an increase/decrease
in the subsidiaries inter-company accounts with the tax consolidated group head company, Crown Limited.
6. Trade and Other Receivables
Current
Trade receivables
Provision for doubtful debts (a)
Loans to associated entities
Other receivables
98
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
203,532
(31,389)
172,143
209
29,382
29,591
122,776
(30,704)
92,072
426
31,258
31,684
201,734
123,756
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
6. Trade and Other Receivables continued
(a) Allowance for Doubtful Debts
Trade debtors are non-interest bearing and are generally 30 day terms.
An allowance for doubtful debts is recognised when there is objective evidence that an individual trade debt is impaired.
Movements in the allowance for doubtful debts
Allowance for doubtful debts at the beginning of the year
Net doubtful debt expense (1)
Amounts written off
Exchange differences
(1) Amounts are included in other expenses.
Ageing analysis of trade debtors
2012 – consolidated
Current
Past due not impaired
Considered impaired
2011 – consolidated
Current
Past due not impaired
Considered impaired
Non-current
Loans to associated entities (1)
Other receivables
(1) Loan terms are outlined in note 31.
7. Inventories
Current
Finished goods (at cost)
2012
$’000
(30,704)
(17,326)
16,659
(18)
2011
$’000
(26,897)
(11,210)
7,403
–
(31,389)
(30,704)
0–30 days
$’000
>30 days
$’000
Total
$’000
22,137
–
136
–
22,137
150,006
150,006
31,253
31,389
22,273
181,259
203,532
25,873
–
130
26,003
–
66,199
30,574
96,773
2012
$’000
25,873
66,199
30,704
122,776
2011
$’000
92,713
10,154
120,399
11,078
102,867
131,477
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
11,850
18,070
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
99
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
8. Other Financial Assets
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Current
Receivable on forward exchange contracts
Receivable on total return swaps
Non-current
Receivable on forward exchange contracts
2012
$’000
337
–
337
–
–
2011
$’000
–
7,775
7,775
24,051
24,051
Details of the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and foreign currency changes are provided in note 35.
9. Investments
At fair value
Shares – listed (Australia)
Shares – unlisted (Australia)
Shares – unlisted (North America)
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
353,362
37,305
63,671
454,338
–
37,633
61,025
98,658
Investments consist of shares, and therefore have no fixed maturity date or coupon rate. On 14 June 2012 Echo announced
a 1 for 5 renounceable entitlement offer for new Echo ordinary shares at a price of $3.30 per share. Crown participated
in the retail component of the entitlement offer which settled on 18 July. Listed investments include Crown’s share of Echo’s
renounceable entitlement offer which was settled subsequent to year end for $45.4 million.
The fair value of listed investments have been determined by reference to published price quotations in an active market.
The fair value of the unlisted investments have been estimated using valuation techniques based on assumptions that are not
supported by observable market prices or rates. Management believes that the estimated fair values resulting from the valuation
techniques and recorded in the Statement of Financial Position and the related changes in fair value recorded in the Income
Statement are reasonable and the most appropriate at the reporting date.
Based on the valuation techniques performed, the fair value movement on listed investments is as disclosed in note 3. There
has been no fair value movement on unlisted investments during the year (2011: $nil).
10. Investments in Associates
Investment details:
Associated entities – unlisted shares
Associated entities – listed shares
Total investments in associates
Fair value of listed investments:
Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd (1)
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
6,800
1,081,944
1,088,744
3,669
848,052
851,721
2,087,261
2,129,988
2,087,261
2,129,988
(1) Reflects Melco Crown share price at balance date, converted to Australian dollars. In accordance with Crown’s accounting policies, recoverable
amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. The Melco Crown carrying amount does not exceed its recoverable amount.
100
10. Investments in Associates continued
Investments in Associates
Reporting
Date
Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd
31 Dec (2)
Principal Activity
Resort/Casino and
gaming machine operator
Betfair Australasia Pty Ltd
30 April (2)
Betting exchange
Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd
30 June
Casino and gaming
machine operator
(2) The Group uses 30 June results to equity account for the investments.
(3) Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd was incorporated in the Cayman Islands.
Share of associates’ revenue and profits/(losses)
Share of associates’:
Revenue
Operating profit/(loss) before income tax
Income tax benefit/(expense)
Share of associates’ net profit/(loss) after income tax
Carrying amount of investments in associates
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Carrying amount of investments in associates acquired during the year
Share of associates’ net profit/(loss) for the year
Foreign exchange movements
% Interest
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Principal Place
of Business
30 June
2012
30 June
2011
Macau (3)
Australia
U.K.
33.6
50.0
50.0
33.4
50.0
50.0
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
1,759,465
1,523,293
140,214
(1,342)
31,681
685
138,872
32,366
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
851,721
1,029,669
57,550
138,872
15,106
32,366
40,601
(225,420)
Carrying amount of investment in associates at the end of the financial year
1,088,744
851,721
Represented by:
(cid:129) Melco Crown
(cid:129) Betfair
The consolidated entity’s share of the assets and liabilities of associates in aggregate
Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets
Retained profits/(accumulated losses) of the consolidated entity attributable to associates
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Share of associates’ net profits/(losses)
Balance at the end of the financial year
1,081,944
848,052
6,800
3,669
1,088,744
851,721
744,152
402,997
1,517,125
1,372,854
(490,183)
(164,696)
(648,641)
(775,949)
1,122,453
835,206
(238,374)
(270,740)
138,872
32,366
(99,502)
(238,374)
The investment in Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd was previously written down to $nil and Crown has therefore discontinued
recognising its share of further losses. The Group’s share of unrecognised losses as at 30 June 2012 for Aspers Group is
$10.4 million (2011: $6.4 million).
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
101
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
10. Investments in Associates continued
Impairment Testing
Based on detailed impairment testing performed, there has been no impairment charge during the year (2011: $nil).
For the purposes of impairment testing, management estimated the present value of the future cash flows expected to be
generated from operations and the proceeds from ultimate disposal. These calculations use cash flow projections based on
past performance and expectations for the future using a five year cash flow period. The implied terminal growth rate beyond
the five year period does not exceed the forecasted long term inflation rates of up to 3.5% (2011: 4.3%). Post-tax discount
rates of between 10% and 12% were used in the impairment review calculations (2011: 9% – 11%).
Any reasonable possible change in key assumptions used would not cause the carrying amount of the investments to exceed
their recoverable amounts.
11. Property, Plant and Equipment
Freehold
land and
buildings
$’000
Buildings on
leasehold
land
$’000
Plant &
equipment
$’000
Construction
work in
progress
$’000
Leased
plant &
equipment
$’000
Total
property,
plant and
equipment
$’000
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Year ended 30 June 2012
At 1 July 2011, net of accumulated
depreciation and impairment
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation expense
Exchange differences
Reclassification/transfer
906,013
326
–
685,752
214,978
746,534
67,832
176,606
206,753
(74)
(25)
(23,812)
(46,582)
(130,182)
–
139,666
108
–
152
115,587
(255,253)
–
–
–
At 30 June 2012, net of accumulated
depreciation and impairment
1,022,193
854,182
799,898
128,106
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,514,905
489,889
(99)
(200,576)
260
–
2,804,379
At 1 July 2011
Cost (gross carrying amount)
1,103,774
1,098,679
1,729,766
176,606
10,679
4,119,504
Accumulated depreciation and
impairment
(197,761)
(412,927)
(983,232)
–
(10,679)
(1,604,599)
Net carrying amount
906,013
685,752
746,534
176,606
–
2,514,905
At 30 June 2012
Cost (gross carrying amount)
1,248,223
1,312,721
1,901,664
128,106
Accumulated depreciation and
impairment
(226,030)
(458,539)
(1,101,766)
–
Net carrying amount
1,022,193
854,182
799,898
128,106
–
–
–
4,590,714
(1,786,335)
2,804,379
102
11. Property, Plant and Equipment continued
Freehold
land and
buildings
$’000
Buildings on
leasehold
land
$’000
Plant &
equipment
$’000
Construction
work in
progress
$’000
Leased
plant &
equipment
$’000
Year ended 30 June 2011
At 1 July 2010, net of accumulated
depreciation and impairment
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation expense
Acquisition of subsidiary
Exchange differences
Reclassification/transfer
966,556
1,120
–
675,132
34,043
535,942
165,483
142,829
156,099
–
(92)
(22,376)
(32,381)
(120,810)
–
–
9,156
(198)
4,497
(95)
(39,287)
–
161,609
(122,322)
–
–
–
–
At 30 June 2011, net of accumulated
depreciation and impairment
906,013
685,752
746,534
176,606
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Total
property,
plant and
equipment
$’000
2,320,459
356,745
(92)
(175,567)
13,653
(293)
–
2,514,905
At 1 July 2010
Cost (gross carrying amount)
1,137,453
1,046,742
1,409,420
142,829
10,679
3,747,123
Accumulated depreciation and
impairment
(170,897)
(371,610)
(873,478)
–
(10,679)
(1,426,664)
Net carrying amount
966,556
675,132
535,942
142,829
–
2,320,459
At 30 June 2011
Cost (gross carrying amount)
1,103,774
1,098,679
1,729,766
176,606
10,679
4,119,504
Accumulated depreciation and
impairment
(197,761)
(412,927)
(983,232)
–
(10,679)
(1,604,599)
Net carrying amount
906,013
685,752
746,534
176,606
–
2,514,905
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
103
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
12. Licences
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Year ended 30 June 2012
At 1 July 2011, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment
Amortisation expense
At 30 June 2012, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 1 July 2011
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
At 30 June 2012
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
Year ended 30 June 2011
At 1 July 2010, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment
Additions
Amortisation expense
At 30 June 2011, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 1 July 2010
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
(1) Purchased as part of a business combination.
Casino
Licence (1)
$’000
664,455
(7,472)
656,983
794,899
(130,444)
664,455
794,899
(137,916)
656,983
651,926
20,000
(7,471)
664,455
774,899
(122,973)
651,926
The casino licence premiums are carried at cost and amortised on a straight line basis over their useful lives.
The Crown Melbourne licence is being amortised over 34 years. The Crown Perth licence is assessed as perpetual
and no amortisation is charged.
104
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
13. Other Intangible Assets
Casino
Management
Agreement (1)
$’000
Goodwill (1)
$’000
Year ended 30 June 2012
At 1 July 2011, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment
56,518
155,624
Additions
Exchange differences
Amortisation expense
–
432
–
–
–
(6,965)
Other
$’000
Total
$’000
888
1,787
–
(512)
213,030
1,787
432
(7,477)
At 30 June 2012, net of accumulated amortisation
and impairment
56,950
148,659
2,163
207,772
At 1 July 2011
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
At 30 June 2012
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
56,518
245,279
1,025
302,822
–
(89,655)
56,518
155,624
(137)
888
(89,792)
213,030
56,950
245,279
–
(96,620)
56,950
148,659
2,812
(649)
2,163
305,041
(97,269)
207,772
Year ended 30 June 2011
At 1 July 2010, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment
Business acquisitions
Exchange differences
Amortisation expense
At 30 June 2011, net of accumulated amortisation
and impairment
11,892
45,853
(1,227)
162,570
–
–
–
(6,946)
908
–
–
(20)
175,370
45,853
(1,227)
(6,966)
56,518
155,624
888
213,030
At 1 July 2010
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
(1) Purchased as part of a business combination
11,892
245,279
–
(82,709)
11,892
162,570
1,025
(117)
908
258,196
(82,826)
175,370
Goodwill is considered to have an indefinite life and is tested annually for impairment (see note 14). $45.1 million of the goodwill
balance at 30 June 2012 is attributable to Aspinall’s Club.
The useful life of the Crown Melbourne casino management agreement is 34 years, and is amortised on a straight line basis.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
105
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
14. Impairment Testing of Intangible Assets
Impairment tests for intangible assets
Intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are allocated to the Group’s cash generating units (CGU’s) identified according
to business segment.
The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on fair value less costs to sell. Fair value less costs to sell is calculated
using a discounted cash flow methodology covering a specified period, with an appropriate residual value at the end of that
period, for each segment. The methodology utilises cash flow forecasts that are based primarily on business plans presented
to and approved by the Board. The implied terminal growth rate beyond the five year period does not exceed the forecasted
long term Australian inflation rate of 2.2% (2011: 2.8%).
The following describes each key assumption on which management has based its cash flow projections to undertake
impairment testing of goodwill and casino licences.
(a) Cash flow forecasts
Cash flow forecasts are based on past performance and expectations for the future using a five year cash flow period.
(b) Residual value
Residual value is calculated using a perpetuity growth formula based on the cash flow forecast using a weighted average cost
of capital (after tax) and forecast growth rate.
(c) Forecast growth rates
Forecast growth rates are based on past performance and management’s expectations for future performance in each segment.
(d) Discount rates
A weighted average cost of capital (after tax) of between 8% and 10% was used by the Group in impairment testing,
risk adjusted where applicable.
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
100,800
100,800
(40,634)
60,166
(37,899)
62,901
2,674
62,840
3,424
66,325
15. Other Assets
Non-current
Prepaid casino tax at cost
Accumulated amortisation
Other prepayments
106
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
16. Trade and Other Payables
Current – unsecured
Trade and other payables
Deferred Income
Non-current – unsecured
Other
17. Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings
Current – unsecured
Bank Loans – unsecured
Non-current – unsecured
Bank Loans – unsecured
Capital Markets Debt – unsecured
Fair Value Disclosures
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
324,561
237,207
1,170
682
325,731
237,889
138
138
–
–
2012
$’000
29,077
29,077
2011
$’000
19,752
19,752
1,295,509
370,080
688,401
361,306
1,665,589
1,049,707
Details of the fair value disclosures of the Group’s interest bearing liabilities are set out in note 35.
Financial Risk Management
Information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and foreign currency changes is provided in note 35.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
107
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
17. Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings continued
Financing and Credit Facilities
Unsecured credit facilities are provided as part of the overall debt funding structure of the Crown Group as follows:
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Facility Type
Bank Facilities
Bilateral Multi Option Facilities
Syndicated Revolving Facility
Syndicated Revolving and Term Loan Facility (1)
GBP Syndicated Facility
Letter of Credit Facility
Australian Dollar Bilateral Facilities
Debt Capital Markets
Euro Medium Term Note
US Private Placement
Facility
Amount
$’000
Drawn
Amount
$’000
Letters of
Credit
Issued
$’000
Available
$’000
Expiry Dates
49,077
345,000
600,000
130,509
170,000
750,000
600,000
130,509
185,000
200,000
19,498
101,425
Feb-13/Oct 13
–
–
–
405,000
2015 – 2016
–
–
–
–
July 2013
2015 – 2016
June 2021
July 2013
–
185,000
200,000
–
2,035,509
1,324,586
204,498
506,425
174,634
195,446
174,634
195,446
370,080
370,080
–
–
–
July 2036
2015 – 2020
–
–
–
Total at 30 June 2012
2,405,589
1,694,666
204,498
506,425
Total at 30 June 2011
2,230,948
1,069,707
202,728
958,513
(1) The $600 million bank facility has been extended to July 2013. This facility is being refinanced.
The bank facilities are provided on an unsecured basis by domestic and international banks.
The debt capital markets drawn amounts represent unsecured notes issued to international debt investors.
Crown is able to make advances and issue letters of credit under the letter of credit facility, syndicated facilities and the
bilateral facilities which are multi option in nature.
Each of the above mentioned facilities is supported by a Group guarantee from Crown and certain of its subsidiaries and
impose various affirmative covenants on Crown, including compliance with certain financial ratios and negative covenants,
including restrictions on encumbrances, and customary events of default, including a payment default, breach of covenants,
cross-default and insolvency events.
During the current and prior year, there were no defaults or breaches on any of the loans or borrowings.
Refer to note 24(b) for a summary of Crown’s overdraft facilities.
108
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
18. Provisions
At 1 July 2011
Arising during the year
Utilised during the year
At 30 June 2012
Current 2012
Non-current 2012
At 30 June 2012
Current 2011
Non-current 2011
At 30 June 2011
19. Other Financial Liabilities
Current
Payables on forward exchange contracts
Payables on interest rate swaps
Payables on total return swaps
Non-current
Payables on interest rate swaps
Payables on cross currency swaps
Other financial liabilities are outlined in note 35.
Employee
Entitlements
$’000
115,223
75,432
(67,718)
Other
$’000
15,393
6,472
(4,642)
Total
$’000
130,616
81,904
(72,360)
122,937
17,223
140,160
84,754
38,183
17,223
–
101,977
38,183
122,937
17,223
140,160
91,888
23,335
115,223
11,029
4,364
15,393
102,917
27,699
130,616
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
–
2,276
11,185
11,036
22,221
146
8,515
8,661
–
–
2,276
10,970
63,255
74,225
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
109
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
20. Contributed Equity
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Issued share capital
Ordinary shares fully paid
Movements in issued share capital
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
ESP proceeds
Share buy-back
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year
Shares held in Trust
Balance at beginning of the financial year
Shares acquired by the Crown Limited Long Term Incentive Plan
Balance at the end of the financial year
Issued share capital
Ordinary shares fully paid
Movements in issued share capital
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Share buy-back
Balance at the end of the financial year
Terms and Conditions of Contributed Equity
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
446,763
645,475
645,475
638,690
39,345
(238,057)
6,785
–
446,763
645,475
–
(480)
(480)
2012
No.
–
–
–
2011
No.
728,394,185 758,394,185
758,394,185 758,394,185
(30,000,000)
–
728,394,185 758,394,185
Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding-up of the Company in proportion
to the number of shares held.
The voting rights attaching to ordinary shares provide that each ordinary shareholder present in person or by proxy or attorney
or being a corporation present by representative at a meeting shall have:
(a) on a show of hands, one vote only;
(b) on a poll, one vote for every fully paid ordinary share held.
Capital Management
When managing capital, the Group’s objective is to maintain optimal returns to shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders.
The Group also aims to maintain a capital structure that ensures the lowest cost of capital available to the entity.
During 2012, the Group paid dividends of $272.7 million. The Group’s dividend policy going forward is to pay the higher
of 37 cents per share or 65% of normalised full year NPAT (excluding non-cash profits from associates), subject to the Group’s
financial position.
110
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
21. Reserves and Retained Earnings
Foreign currency translation reserve
Employee equity benefits reserve
Net unrealised gains reserve
Cash flow hedge reserve
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
(323,419)
(363,804)
13,010
13,010
628,704
629,032
(19,509)
(52,450)
298,786
225,788
Foreign Currency Translation Reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from
the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Net exchange difference on translation of foreign operations
Balance at the end of the financial year
(363,804)
(157,888)
40,385
(205,916)
(323,419)
(363,804)
Employee Equity Benefits Reserve
The employee equity benefits reserve is used to record share based remuneration obligations
to executives in relation to ordinary shares.
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Charged to the income statement
Balance at the end of the financial year
Net Unrealised Gains Reserve
The net unrealised gains reserve records the movement from changes in investments and
associates equity.
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Change in net unrealised gains reserve
Balance at the end of the financial year
Cash Flow Hedge Reserve
The cash flow hedge reserve records the portion of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument
in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an effective hedge.
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Movement in interest rate swaps
Movement in cross currency swaps
Movement in forward exchange contracts
Transfer to statement of financial position/statement of comprehensive income
Balance at the end of the financial year
13,010
–
13,010
11,327
1,683
13,010
629,032
628,532
(328)
500
628,704
629,032
(52,450)
(33,220)
(361)
54,740
2,399
(23,837)
6,130
(39,755)
14,395
–
(19,509)
(52,450)
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
111
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
21. Reserves and Retained Earnings continued
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Retained Earnings
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Net profit after tax
Total available for appropriation
Dividends provided for or paid
Balance at the end of the financial year
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
2,389,097
2,331,864
513,325
335,855
2,902,422
2,667,719
(272,741)
(278,622)
2,629,681
2,389,097
22. Business Combinations
There were no business combinations in the 2012 financial year.
In 2011, Crown Limited acquired ACL (Aspinall’s Club Limited), the owner and operator of the Aspinall’s Club in London,
from the Aspers Group (a 50:50 joint venture between Crown and the Aspinall family). The consideration transferred was
$58.9 million (£38.1 million). The transaction resulted in Crown Limited owning 100% of the shares in ACL.
The fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of ACL as at the date of acquisition were:
2011
$’000
3,807
1,095
238
1,799
13,653
20,592
6,416
407
6,823
13,769
45,172
58,941
58,941
(3,807)
55,134
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Prepayments
Property, plant and equipment
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax liabilities
Fair value of identifiable net assets
Goodwill arising on acquisition
Consideration transferred for acquisition of identifiable net assets
Net Cash Flow – Acquisition of subsidiary
Cash Paid
Cash Acquired
Net Cash Flow – Acquisition of subsidiary
112
23. Expenditure Commitments
(a) Capital expenditure commitments
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Estimated capital expenditure contracted for at balance date, but not provided for:
Payable within one year
Payable after one year but not more than five years
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
213,043
325,630
20,683
64,494
233,726
390,124
At 30 June 2012, the Group has capital expenditure commitments principally relating to funding various projects at Crown Perth
and Crown Melbourne.
(b) Non-cancellable operating lease commitments
Payable within one year
Payable after one year but not more than five years
Payable more than five years
2012
$’000
2,672
6,022
11,911
20,605
2011
$’000
1,924
2,475
16,959
21,358
The Group has entered into non-cancellable operating leases. The leases vary in contract period depending on the asset
involved but generally have an average lease term of approximately 11 years (2011: 12 years). Operating leases include
telecommunications rental agreements and leases on assets including motor vehicles, land and buildings and items of plant
and equipment. Renewal terms are included in certain contracts, whereby renewal is at the option of the specific entity that
holds the lease. On renewal, the terms of the leases are usually renegotiated. There are no restrictions placed upon the lessee
by entering into these leases.
In addition, in 1993 Crown Melbourne entered into a ninety-nine year lease agreement for the site upon which Crown
Melbourne Entertainment Complex is located. For years one to forty inclusive the annual rent payable by the parent entity
is one dollar per annum. For years forty-one to ninety-nine inclusive the annual rent payable will be the then current market
rent for the site. The aggregate lease expenditure contracted for at balance date but not provided for which is disclosed in
this report does not include an estimate for the rent payable for years forty-one to ninety-nine inclusive due to the uncertainty
of these amounts.
24. Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation
(a) Cash balance represents:
(cid:129) cash on hand and at bank
(cid:129) deposits at call
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
131,545
165,919
17,808
17,780
149,353
183,699
The above closing cash balances includes $143.4 million (2011: $130.3 million) of cash on the company’s premises and
cash held in bank accounts (including deposits on call) needed to run the day to day operations of the businesses and
cash of $6.0 million (2011: $53.4 million) for other purposes.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
113
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
24. Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation continued
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
(b) Reconciliation of the profit/(loss) after tax to the net cash flows from
operating activities
Profit after tax
Depreciation and amortisation:
(cid:129) property, plant and equipment
(cid:129) intangibles
(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
Unrealised foreign exchange (gain)/loss
Share of associates’ net (profit)/loss
Executive Share Plan expense
Net (gain)/loss on listed investments & total return swaps
Changes in assets and liabilities:
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
Increase/(decrease) in doubtful debts
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
(Increase)/decrease in prepayments
(Increase)/decrease in deferred income tax asset
(Increase)/decrease in other assets
(Decrease)/increase in payables
(Decrease)/increase in current income tax liability
(Decrease)/increase in provisions
(Decrease)/increase in deferred income tax liability
Net cash flows from operating activities
Bank Overdraft Facilities
The consolidated entity has bank overdraft facilities available as follows:
Bank
ANZ Banking Group Limited
Citibank NA
Royal Bank of Scotland PLC
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
513,325
335,855
200,576
17,684
(426)
(816)
175,567
20,036
(403)
4,015
(138,872)
(32,366)
–
(20,111)
1,683
(7,775)
(77,942)
(10,137)
685
6,220
(820)
(3,909)
(9,329)
17,639
61,573
9,543
(4,320)
8,417
(1,504)
(6,550)
2,350
5
(51,229)
5,908
288
6,809
570,700
450,969
2012
2011
A$20 million A$20 million
US$10 million US$10 million
£20 million
£10 million
As at 30 June 2012 the Royal Bank of Scotland PLC overdraft was drawn to £8.0m. There were no drawn down amounts
on the remaining overdraft facilities at 30 June 2012.
25. Events After the Reporting Period
Subsequent to 30 June 2012, the directors of Crown announced a final dividend on ordinary shares in respect of the year
ending 30 June 2012. The total amount of the dividend is $138.4 million, which represents a dividend of 19 cents per share
franked at 50%. The dividend has not been provided for in the 30 June 2012 financial statements.
114
26. Executive Share Plan
During the year the Executive Share Plan (ESP) which was approved at the 1994 PBL Annual General Meeting was wound up.
No ESP shares were issued to executives in the current financial year.
Crown ESP shares were subject to a performance condition, requiring a 7% compound annual growth in the Crown share
price in order for the relevant portion of shares to vest and be released from restrictions under the ESP.
At 30 June 2012, there were no remaining ESP shares on issue. A summary of the movement in ESP shares during the year
is as follows:
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
Shares at the beginning of the financial year
Forfeited
Shares on issue at the end of the financial year
Loans to executives at the beginning of the financial year
Loans repaid and satisfied during the year
Loans to executives at year end
Methodology
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
2012
No.
2011
No.
4,952,807
5,748,815
(4,952,807)
(796,008)
–
4,952,807
$57,726,075 $66,559,688
($57,726,075)
($8,833,613)
– $57,726,075
In accordance with Australian Accounting Standards the ESP shares are accounted for as share based payments (see
note 1(t)) and as such the loan values are not recorded in Crown’s Statement of Financial Position until they become due.
The value that forms the basis was established at the time each ESP share was granted. As ESP shares were issued prior
to the de-merger the valuation was performed using assumptions relevant to PBL before de-merger.
External valuers have used a Monte Carlo simulation model combined with a Black Scholes option pricing model to value the
ESP this year. The value per share granted for each allotment incorporates the share price growth performance conditions.
The Monte Carlo simulation is a technique used to simulate future TSRs. The assumptions that underpin Black Scholes are
used in a Monte Carlo simulation. The key assumptions are:
(cid:129) Share price movement conforms to a lognormal distribution;
(cid:129) Market efficiency; and
(cid:129) Risk neutral valuation.
Using an estimate of the future standard deviation (volatility) of returns and the risk neutral valuation assumption (allowing
the use of the risk free interest rate), the share price return distribution of a company at a future date is estimated. The Monte
Carlo simulation technique simulates possible share price returns conforming to that distribution. At each simulation, the share
price is also simulated, meaning an equity instrument can be valued at that date.
The share price simulated at one vesting date is used to simulate the share price at the next vesting date. If the target was
not met at the earlier date, the unvested portion is carried to the next vesting date in the simulation.
Non transferability of the plans
During the period from grant date to vesting, executives cannot sell their plan rights. However, no adjustment is made to
the fair values for this, as non-transferability is due to the executive having not yet earned the right to the plan (through the
provision of their services), rather than a restriction on the underlying value of the plan rights.
After vesting, the holders have until expiry to “exercise” the plan. Since the plan rights are not transferable, liquidity can only
be obtained by exercising the plan rights and selling the underlying shares. In the case of the ESP, given the seniority of the
holders and the benefit of the limited recourse feature, it is assumed the ESP will be held until expiry.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
115
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
26. Executive Share Plan continued
Dilution
When an investor exercises an exchange traded option, there is no change in either the company’s assets or the number
of shares outstanding. However, when a company issued option is exercised, the number of shares outstanding will increase
and the underlying assets of the company will be increased by the amount of the exercise proceeds. Any dilution of the share
price of Crown which might arise on the issue of new shares following exercise of the ESP would be immaterial, given the number
of existing shares on issue. Accordingly, no adjustment to the value of the ESP has been made for potential dilution.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Other assumptions applied by external valuer
(cid:129) PBL’s share price was the loan amount per share as advised by Crown to the external valuer at the grant date for the ESP;
(cid:129) The risk free rate is the yield on an Australian Government Bond with a life similar to the expected life at the valuation date;
(cid:129) Expected volatility was based on PBL’s historical share price movement preceding the valuation date and the implied volatility
on exchanged traded options; and
(cid:129) The dividend yield was calculated based on the consensus broker EPS forecast divided by PBL’s share price.
New Long Term Incentive Plan (Crown LTI)
In 2010, Crown established a new LTI. The Crown LTI was designed as a successor long term incentive to the Employee Share
Plan which was wound up during the year. The Crown LTI has been made available to selected senior executives with effect
from 1 July 2010. The Crown LTI rewards relevant senior executives for achieving certain earnings per share targets over the
four year period from 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2014. Further detail regarding the operation of the Crown LTI and the Senior
Executives (or KMPs) who participate in the Crown LTI can be found in the Remuneration Report.
27. Contingent Liabilities and Related Matters
The Group has no contingent liabilities at 30 June 2012.
Legal Actions
Entities within the group are defendants from time to time in legal proceedings arising from the conduct of their business.
The group does not consider that the outcome of any proceedings ongoing at balance date, either individually or in aggregate,
is likely to have a material effect on its financial position. Where appropriate, provisions have been made.
28. Auditors’ Remuneration
Amounts received, or due and receivable, by Ernst & Young (Australia) for:
Auditing the accounts
Taxation services
Amounts received, or due and receivable, by other member firms of Ernst & Young
International for:
Auditing the accounts
Other services:
(cid:129) Taxation services
(cid:129) Consulting services
Amounts received, or due and receivable, by non Ernst & Young audit firms for:
Auditing services
2012
$’000
873
4,716
165
171
184
2011
$’000
817
3,482
30
321
44
6,109
4,694
49
71
116
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
29. Earnings Per Share (EPS)
The following reflects the income and share data used in the calculations of basic and
diluted EPS:
Net profit/(loss) after tax used in calculating basic and diluted EPS
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic and diluted EPS (’000)
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
513,325
735,634
335,855
758,394
There are no transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares that would significantly change the number
of ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares outstanding between the reporting date and the date of completion of these
financial statements.
30. Key Management Personnel Disclosures
(a) Details of key management personnel
(i) Directors
James D Packer
John H Alexander
Benjamin A Brazil
Helen A Coonan
Christopher D Corrigan
Rowen B Craigie
Rowena Danziger
Geoffrey J Dixon
John S Horvath
Ashok Jacob
Michael R Johnston
Harold C Mitchell
(ii) Executives
Kenneth M Barton
Barry J Felstead
Greg F Hawkins
W Todd Nisbet
Executive Chairman
Executive Deputy Chairman
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director (appointed 2 December 2011)
Non-Executive Director
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Executive Officer – Crown Perth
Chief Executive Officer – Crown Melbourne (from 5 December 2011)
Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development
(b) Remuneration of key management personnel
Total remuneration for key management personnel for the Group and Parent Entity during the financial year are set out below:
Remuneration by category
Short term benefits
Post employment benefits
Termination benefits
Long term incentives
Further details are contained in the Remuneration Report.
2012
$
2011
$
12,664,142
12,676,741
94,650
112,395
–
3,790,845
7,162,500
8,376,147
19,921,292
24,956,128
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
117
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
30. Key Management Personnel Disclosures continued
(c) Shareholdings of key management personnel
Ordinary shares held in Crown (directly and indirectly)
30 June 2012
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Directors
(including directors who left the Board during the year)
James D Packer (1)
John H Alexander
Rowen B Craigie (2) (3)
Rowena Danziger
Harold C Mitchell
Executives
Ken M Barton (2)
Barry J Felstead (3)
Greg F Hawkins
Todd W Nisbet (2)
Issued
under
Executive
Share Plan
Other Net
Change
Balance
30 June
2012
–
–
24,182,723 350,311,967
–
506,047
35,217
(2,341,102)
–
–
–
–
Balance
1 July 2011
326,129,244
506,047
2,341,102
30,896
114,887
Issued
under
Executive
Share Plan
Balance
1 July 2011
Other Net
Change
–
9,782
–
234,110
1,509
–
–
–
17,608
(234,110)
–
–
35,217
30,896
114,887
Balance
30 June
2012
9,782
–
1,509
17,608
(1) Change is a result of an on market trade.
(2) The registered holder of these shares is Australian Executor Trustees Limited as trustee under the 2010 Crown Limited Long Term Incentive Plan.
Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet may become entitled to have those shares transferred to them after 30 June 2014 if certain conditions in the
2010 Crown Limited Long Term Incentive Plan are met.
(3) The other net change reflects the sale of ESP shares as part of the wind up of the ESP which completed during the year.
The Company does not have any options on issue.
Ordinary shares held in Crown (directly and indirectly)
30 June 2011
Directors
(including directors who left the Board during the year)
James D Packer (1)
John H Alexander
Rowen B Craigie (2)
Rowena Danziger
Harold C Mitchell (3)
Richard W Turner (4)
(1) Change is a result of an on market trade.
(2) All of these shares are ESP shares.
(3) Appointed 10 February 2011.
(4) Resigned 1 May 2011.
118
Issued
under
Executive
Share Plan
–
–
–
–
–
–
Other Net
Change
Balance
30 June
2011
22,623,954 326,129,244
–
–
–
114,887
–
506,047
2,341,102
30,896
114,887
19,373
Balance
1 July 2010
303,505,290
506,047
2,341,102
30,896
–
19,373
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
30. Key Management Personnel Disclosures continued
(c) Shareholdings of key management personnel continued
Ordinary shares held in Crown (directly and indirectly) continued
30 June 2011
Executives
David G Courtney (1) (3)
Barry J Felstead (2)
Greg F Hawkins
Issued
under
Executive
Share Plan
Other Net
Change
Balance
30 June
2011
–
–
–
(56,575)
643,802
–
–
234,110
1,509
Balance
1 July 2010
700,377
234,110
1,509
(1) Change is a result of an on market trade. The balance of shares held at 30 June 2011 were all ESP shares.
Those shares were sold during the 2012 financial year as part of the wind up of the ESP.
(2) All of these shares are ESP shares.
(3) Ceased performing role of Chief Executive Officer of Crown Melbourne Limited on 8 October 2010.
The Company does not have any options on issue.
31. Related Party Disclosures
(a) Parent entity
Crown Limited is the ultimate parent entity of the Group.
(b) Controlled entities, associates and joint ventures
Interests in significant controlled entities are set out in note 32.
Investments in associates and joint ventures are set out in note 10.
(c) Entity with significant influence over the Group
At balance date Consolidated Press Holdings Group (“CPH”), a group related to Mr James Packer, holds 48.09% (2011: 43.00%)
of the Company’s fully paid ordinary shares.
(d) Director related entities
Consolidated Media Holdings (“CMH”) is an entity classified as a related party due to Crown and CMH having a number
of common directors.
(e) Key management personnel
Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 30, and in the Remuneration Report.
(f) Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties
Sales to and purchases from related parties are made in arm’s length transactions both at normal market prices and on normal
commercial terms, unless otherwise stated.
(g) Transactions with related parties
The continuing operations have had the following transactions with related parties:
(i) Director related entities and entities with significant influence over the Group
CPH provided corporate secretarial and administrative services to Crown and its controlled entities of $0.2 million during
the year (2011: $0.2 million). In addition CPH paid costs on behalf of Crown to third parties totalling $0.7 million during the
year (2011: $1.3 million). At 30 June 2012 there were no amounts owing to CPH (2011: $nil).
Crown and its controlled entities provided CPH with hotel and banqueting services of $41,000 during the year (2011: $39,000).
At 30 June 2012 there were no amounts owing from CPH (2011: $nil).
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
119
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
31. Related Party Disclosures continued
(g) Transactions with related parties continued
(i) Director related entities and entities with significant influence over the Group continued
Crown and CMH jointly engaged certain legal and other advisers in relation to certain matters arising prior to the PBL de-merger.
Costs of these advisers are shared in a manner consistent with Section 14 of the PBL Scheme Booklet, generally Crown – 75%
and CMH – 25%. Similarly, payments in relation to liabilities arising from activities prior to the PBL demerger were shared
on the same basis. At 30 June 2012 $0.2 million (2011: $0.1 million) was owing to CMH in relation
to pre-demerger matters.
(ii) Associates
Crown acquired additional equity in Melco Crown for an amount of $57.5 million (2011: $nil) arising from the conversion
of previously outstanding shareholder loans to Melco Crown. Crown did not acquire any additional equity in Melco Crown
from Melco Crown SPV Limited (2011: $15.1 million).
Interest charged on loans previously advanced to Melco Crown was $45,000 for the year (2011: $0.1 million). Crown provided
Melco Crown IT and related services of $1.5 million (2011: $0.6 million) at cost during the year. Amounts receivable from
Melco Crown at 30 June 2012 in relation to all charges made were $0.7 million (2011: $0.1 million).
Melco Crown provided $38,000 (2011: $40,000) in Hotel and other services to Crown during the year. In addition Melco Crown
paid costs of $0.1 million (2011: $0.1 million) on behalf of Crown during the year which has subsequently been reimbursed in full.
Crown provided additional loans of $27.4 million (2011: $51.2 million) to Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd during the year. There
were no loan repayments to Crown during the year (2011: $28.1 million). Interest charged on loans advanced to Aspers was
$7.5 million for the year (2011: $5.8 million). At 30 June 2012 $81.2 million (2011: $49.2 million) was owing by Aspers. There
were no costs paid by Aspers on behalf of Crown during the year (2011: $20,000). At 30 June 2012 there were no amounts
owing to Aspers (2011: $nil).
Crown did not pay any costs on behalf of Gateway during the year (2011: $0.3 million). At 30 June 2012 there were no amounts
owing to or from Gateway (2011: $nil).
Crown made no further loans to Betfair during the year (2011: $nil). The loan balance with Betfair at 30 June 2012 was
$11.7 million (2011: $11.7 million). No interest is payable on the loan. Crown provided Betfair Hotel and Banqueting services
of $71,000 (2011: $40,000) during the year.
For the year ended 30 June 2012, the Group has not made any allowance for doubtful debts relating to amounts owed by related
parties as there have been no default of payment terms and conditions (2011: $nil).
An impairment assessment is undertaken each financial year by examining the financial position of the related party and the
market in which the related party operates to determine whether there is objective evidence that a related party receivable
is impaired. When such objective evidence exists, the Group recognises an allowance for the impairment loss. During the
financial year Crown has assessed there is no impairment to related party receivables.
120
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
32. Investment in Controlled Entities
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Crown Limited and its controlled entities. Significant
controlled entities and those included in a class order with the parent entity are:
Footnote
Country of
Incorporation
Beneficial Interest Held by
the Consolidated Entity(1)
Crown Limited
Artra Pty Ltd
Aspinall’s Club Limited
Burswood Limited
Burswood Nominees Ltd
Burswood Resort (Management) Ltd
Crown Asia Investments Limited
Crown Capital Golf Pty Ltd
Crown Cyprus Limited
Crown CCR Group Holdings One Pty Ltd
Crown CCR Group Holdings Two Pty Ltd
Crown CCR Group Holdings General Partnership
Crown CCR Group Investments One LLC
Crown CCR Group Investments Two LLC
Crown CCR Holdings LLC
Crown CPS Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Entertainment Group Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Gaming Management Pty Ltd
Crown Gateway Luxembourg Pty Ltd
Crown Group Finance Limited
Crown Group Securities Ltd
Crown Management Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Management Pty Ltd
Crown Melbourne Limited
Crown North America Holdings One Pty Ltd
Crown North America Investments LLC
Crown Overseas Investments Pty Ltd
Crown Services (US) LLC
Crown UK Investments Ltd
Crown (Western Australia) Pty Ltd
Flienn Pty Ltd
Jade West Entertainment Pty Ltd
Jemtex Pty Ltd
Nine Television (Netherlands Antilles) Pty Ltd
PBL (CI) Finance Limited
Pennwin Pty Ltd
Publishing and Broadcasting (Finance) Ltd
Publishing and Broadcasting International Holdings Ltd
Renga Pty Ltd
2012
2011
Australia
Australia
United Kingdom
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
Australia
Australia
A Australia
Australia
USA
USA
USA
USA
A Australia
A Australia
Australia
Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
Australia
USA
A Australia
USA
United Kingdom
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
Australia
Cayman Islands
Australia
A Australia
Bahamas
A Australia
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
2012
%
2011
%
Parent Entity
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
(1) The proportion of ownership interest is equal to the proportion of voting power held.
A These controlled entities have entered into a deed of cross guarantee with the parent entity under ASIC Class Order 98/1418 – the “Closed Group”
(refer note 33).
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
121
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
33. Deed of Cross Guarantee
Certain controlled entities of Crown Limited, as detailed in note 32, are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee under which
each company guarantees the debts of the others.
By entering into the deed, pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418, certain controlled entities of Crown have been granted
relief from the Corporations Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and publication of accounts.
The consolidated income statement and balance sheet of the entities which are members of the “Closed Group” are
detailed below.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Consolidated income statement
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Income tax (expense)/benefit
Net profit/(loss) after income tax
Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) at the beginning of the financial year
Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) of entities entering Closed Group
Dividends provided for or paid
Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) at the end of the financial year
Closed Group
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
622,722
1,205,637
(89,961)
(45,514)
532,761
1,160,123
(222,182)
(2,286,505)
(182,201)
1,182,822
(272,741)
(278,622)
(144,363)
(222,182)
122
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
33. Deed of Cross Guarantee continued
Consolidated balance sheet
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Prepayments
Other financial assets
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Receivables
Other financial assets
Investments
Investment in associates
Property, plant and equipment
Licences
Other intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Income tax payable
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Other payables
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Deferred tax liability
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Contributed equity
Treasury shares
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity
Closed Group
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
159,027
176,908
11,613
16,225
337
167,574
122,562
17,834
18,798
–
364,110
326,768
1,080,508
1,259,496
2,511,130
2,390,577
357,327
–
1,088,744
851,721
2,790,405
2,501,567
656,983
162,714
101,734
62,840
555,426
169,165
95,824
62,901
8,812,385
7,886,677
9,176,495
8,213,445
292,679
221,204
29,077
83,695
99,213
22,221
19,752
38,997
100,154
2,276
526,885
382,383
138
–
3,384,382
2,657,007
205,481
138,864
38,183
8,661
27,699
74,225
3,636,845
2,897,795
4,163,730
3,280,178
5,012,765
4,933,267
4,809,818
5,447,104
(480)
–
347,790
(291,655)
(144,363)
(222,182)
5,012,765
4,933,267
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
123
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
34. Parent Entity Disclosures
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Results of the parent entity
Profit after tax for the period
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Total comprehensive income for the period
Financial position of the parent entity
Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Total equity of the parent entity comprising of:
Issued capital
Employee equity benefits reserve
Accumulated losses
Total equity
Contingent liabilities
Crown Limited
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
419,503
280,287
–
–
419,503
280,287
3
1
9,787,154
9,482,802
9,787,157
9,482,803
83,192
39,073
2,764,065
2,451,880
2,847,257
2,490,953
9,927,204
10,125,916
13,010
13,010
(3,000,314)
(3,147,076)
6,939,900
6,991,850
There are no contingent liabilities for the parent entity at 30 June 2012 (2011: $nil).
Capital expenditure
The parent entity does not have any capital expenditure commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment
contracted but not provided for at 30 June 2012 (2011: $nil).
Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts of its subsidiaries
The parent entity has entered into a deed of cross guarantee with the effect that the Company guarantees debts in respect
of its subsidiaries. Further details of the deed of cross guarantee and the subsidiaries subject to the deed, are set out in notes
32 and 33.
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies
The Group’s principle financial instruments comprise receivables, payables, bank loans and capital market debt, investments,
cash and short term deposits and derivatives.
The Group’s business activities expose it to the following risks; market risks (interest rate and foreign exchange), credit risk
and liquidity risk. For each of these risks, the Group considers the counterparties, geographical area, currency and markets
as applicable to determine whether there are concentrations of risk. Other than as described in this note, the Group is
satisfied that there are no material concentrations of risk.
The Group has policies in place to manage different types of risks to which it is exposed. Policies include monitoring the level
of interest rate and foreign exchange risk and assessments of market forecasts for interest rates and foreign exchange rates.
Ageing analysis of and monitoring of exposures to counterparties are undertaken to manage credit risk. Liquidity risk is
monitored through the employment of rolling cash flow forecasts.
124
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
Financial risk management is carried out under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Group identifies, evaluates
and hedges financial risks in accordance with approved polices. The Board are informed on a regular basis of risk
management activities.
(a) Market Risk
(i) Interest rate risk – cash flow
The Group’s exposure to market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and long term debt
obligations as outlined in note 17.
At balance date, the Group had the following mix of financial assets and liabilities exposed to variable interest rates that are
not designated as cash flow hedges.
Financial assets
AUD cash at bank
AUD deposits at call
GBP cash at bank
USD cash at bank
Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
AUD Bank loans
HKD Bank Loans
GBP Bank Loans
Total financial liabilities
Net exposure
2012
$’000
15,460
17,808
(9,555)
15
2011
$’000
42,402
17,780
10,980
17
23,728
71,179
865,000
349,756
29,077
15,354
–
58,401
909,431
408,157
(885,703)
(336,978)
As at balance date, the Group maintained floating rate borrowings of $909.4 million (2011: $408.2 million) that were not
hedged by interest rate swaps. The associated interest rate risk is partially mitigated by total financial assets of $23.7 million
(2011: $71.2 million). Under the bank loans outstanding, for AUD facilities, the Group pays the Bank Bill Swap rate (BBSW)
plus a margin of between 100 and 190 basis points, for GBP facilities, the Group pays LIBOR plus a margin of 155 basis
points and for HKD facilities, the Group pays HIBOR plus a margin of 62.5 basis points.
Of the AUD cash on hand and at bank $15.5 million is interest bearing and is invested at approximately BBSW. Deposits
at call of $17.8 million are invested at approximately BBSW. The Group maintains cash and cash equivalents on hand
of $125.6 million for operational purposes and is non-interest bearing (2011: $112.5 million).
As at balance date, the Group maintained no floating rate borrowings in USD (2011: $nil) and had minimal cash and cash
equivalents (2011: minimal).
As at balance date, the Group maintained floating rate borrowings of $15.4 million in GBP (2011: $58.4 million) and had cash
and cash equivalents of negative $9.6 million (2011: $11.0 million) with positive balances invested at the UK daily cash rate
and overdrafts charged at UK base rate plus a margin of 150 basis points.
As at balance date, the Group maintained floating rate borrowings in HKD of $29.1m (2011: $nil) and had minimal interest
earning cash and cash equivalents (2011: minimal).
Group Sensitivity
If there was an increase of 75 basis points in AUD interest rates, an increase of 100 basis points in GBP and USD interest
rates, and an increase of 50 basis points in HKD interest rates, the Group’s post-tax-profit for the year would have decreased
by $6.6 million (2011: an increase of 150 basis points in AUD, GBP and USD interest rates would have decreased the Group’s
post-tax-profit by $3.6 million).
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
125
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a) Market Risk continued
(i) Interest rate risk – cash flow continued
Group Sensitivity continued
If there was a decrease of 50 basis points in AUD and GBP interest rates, and a decrease of 25 basis points in USD and
HKD interest rates, the Group’s post-tax-profit for the year would have increased by $4.4 million (2011: a decrease of
150 basis points in AUD interest rates, a decrease of 25 basis points in USD interest rates and a decrease of 50 basis points
in GBP interest rates would have increased the Group’s post-tax-profit by $3.2 million).
The Group, where appropriate, uses interest rate swaps to manage the risk of adverse movements in interest rates for its long
term floating rate borrowings which are subject to variable rates.
The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the risk of adverse movements in interest rates for its long
term foreign currency denominated borrowings which are subject to variable rates.
As at balance date the notional principal amounts and period of expiry of the interest rate swap contracts were as follows:
Cash flow hedge
Maturity under 1 year
Maturity 1–5 years
Maturity over 5 years
Closing Balance
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
300,000
115,155
174,634
589,789
–
300,000
174,634
474,634
Under the interest swap contracts maturing June 2013, the Group has the right to receive floating rate (i.e. BBSW) quarterly
and pay fixed rate of 6.99% quarterly. The terms of the swap contracts are matched directly against the appropriate loan
and interest expense and as such are highly effective. The fair value of the swap at balance date was negative $11.2 million
(2011: negative $11.0 million).
Under the interest rate swap contracts (maturing December 2015 and December 2016), the Group has the right to receive
LIBOR and pay GBP interest at a fixed rate of 1.00% and 1.19%, respectively (2011: n/a). The terms of the swap contracts
are matched directly against the appropriate loan and interest expense and as such are highly effective. The fair value of
the swap at balance date was negative $0.1m (2011: n/a).
Under the cross currency swap contract (maturing July 2036), the Group has the right to receive USD interest at a fixed rate
of 4.76% (2011: 4.76%) semi-annually and pay AUD interest at fixed rate of 7.05% (2011: 7.05%) quarterly. The term of the
cross currency swap contract are matched directly against the appropriate loan and interest expense and as such is highly
effective. The fair value of the swap at balance date was negative $8.5 million (2011: negative $63.3 million).
(ii) Interest rate risk – fair value
Where appropriate, the Group enters into fixed rate debt to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk. As the Group holds fixed
rate debt there is a risk that the fair value of financial instruments will fluctuate because of market movements in interest rates.
The level of fixed rate debt at balance date was $785.2 million (2011: $661.3 million).
As at balance date the Group had no interest rate swaps in place to hedge fixed rate debt issuances.
(iii) Foreign exchange risk
The Group has currency exposure as a result of capital expenditure and investments/sales in currencies other than the
Group’s functional currency.
Treasury, on behalf of the operating units, uses forward exchange contracts to minimise the currency exposure on any
significant receivables or payables as is deemed appropriate.
126
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a) Market Risk continued
(iii) Foreign exchange risk continued
All forward exchange contracts must be in the same currency as the firm commitment and the Group negotiates the terms
of the hedges to exactly match the underlying commitment to maximise hedge effectiveness. As at balance date, the Group
had hedged the majority of its foreign currency receivables and payables that are firm commitments.
As at balance date, the Group had the following material foreign exchange exposures that were not designated as
cash flow hedges:
USD Exposure
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
US Private Placement
Total financial liabilities
Net exposure
GBP Exposure
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Loans to associates
Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
GBP Loan Facilities
Total financial liabilities
Net exposure
HKD Exposure
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
HKD Debt Facilities
Total financial liabilities
Net exposure
SGD Exposure
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total financial assets
Net exposure
2012
$’000
1,442
1,442
2011
$’000
353
353
195,446
195,446
186,672
186,672
(194,004)
(186,319)
2012
$’000
2,780
81,222
84,002
110,241
110,241
2011
$’000
29
49,237
49,266
58,401
58,401
(26,239)
(9,135)
2012
$’000
5,811
29,072
34,883
2,440
29,077
31,517
3,366
2012
$’000
3,023
3,023
3,023
2011
$’000
6,115
–
6,115
–
–
–
6,115
2011
$’000
38
38
38
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
127
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a) Market Risk continued
(iii) Foreign exchange risk continued
Group sensitivity – USD
Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity if the AUD
strengthened or weakened by 10c against the USD would be $17.4 million higher or $21.2 million lower (2011: $15.9 million
higher or $19.2 million lower).
The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss if the AUD strengthened or weakened by 10c against the USD
would not be material as at balance date (2011: not material).
Group sensitivity – GBP
Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity if the AUD
strengthened or weakened by 5c against the GBP would be $2.1 million higher or $2.4 million lower (2011: not material).
The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss if the AUD strengthened or weakened by 5c against the GBP
would not be material as at balance date (2011: not material).
Group sensitivity – HKD
Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity if the AUD
strengthened or weakened by 50c against the HKD would not be material as at balance date (2011: not material).
The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss if the AUD strengthened or weakened by 50c against the HKD
would not be material as at balance date (2011: not material).
Group sensitivity – SGD
Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity if the AUD
strengthened or weakened by 10c against the SGD would not be material as at balance date (2011: not material).
The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss if the AUD strengthened or weakened by 10c against the SGD
would not be material as at balance date (2011: not material).
Foreign Exchange Contracts
The Group uses derivative instruments such as forward exchange contracts to manage the currency risks arising from the
Group’s operations and its sources of finance.
Derivatives are exclusively used for hedging purposes and not as trading or other speculative instruments. These derivatives
qualify for hedge accounting and are based on limits set by the Board.
Cash flow hedges
At balance date details of outstanding contracts denominated in AUD was:
Buy USD/Sell AUD
Maturity under 1 year
Maturity 1–5 years
Buy AUD/Sell USD
Maturity under 1 year
Maturity 1-5 years
Notional Amounts
Average Rate
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
14,881
20,128
1.0169
0.9290
–
–
–
–
–
91,754
–
–
–
–
–
0.6992
The change in fair value of cash flow hedges as at balance date was not material (2011: positive $21.8 million).
The forward exchange contracts are considered to be highly effective hedges as they are matched against known
and committed receivables and payments and any gain or loss on the hedged risk is taken directly to equity.
128
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(b) Price Risk
(i) Equity Securities Price Risk
The Group is exposed to equity securities price risk. Equity securities price risk arises from investments held by the Group
and classified on the balance sheet as investments.
Shares – listed
Shares – unlisted
Net exposure
Group sensitivity
2012
$’000
353,362
100,976
454,338
2011
$’000
–
98,658
98,658
The Group’s sensitivity to equity securities price risk for the listed investments has been estimated by reference to published
price quotations in an active market. The sensitivity to movement in fair value of the listed investments on the after-tax profit
and loss of the Group as a result of a 10% movement in the share price of the listed shares would be $24.7 million (2011: n/a).
The Group’s sensitivity to equity securities price risk for the unlisted investments has been estimated using valuation
techniques based on the fair value of securities held. The sensitivity to fair value movements through equity or profit and loss
as a result of movement in value of the securities was not material as at balance date (2011: not material).
(ii) Commodity Price Risk
Neither the Group nor the parent entity is exposed to commodity price risk.
(iii) Total Return Swaps Price Risk
During the 2011 financial year, the Group entered into a series of cash settled total return swap contracts. The Group entered
into these contracts for the purpose of gaining exposure to Tabcorp (pre de-merger). In June 2011, Tabcorp de-merged its
casino businesses to Echo Entertainment Group. Following the de-merger, the cash settled total return swap contracts were
replaced by separate Tabcorp swaps and Echo swaps.
During 2012, the Echo swaps were settled and the Group acquired equity derivatives to be settled in Echo shares and
subsequently converted those equity derivatives into physical shares in Echo. A portion of the Tabcorp swaps were cash
settled during the period. The remaining Tabcorp swaps were marked-to-market at balance date as these swaps did not
qualify for hedge accounting. As such, all unrealised gains and losses related to those swaps were recorded directly to
the Income Statement and are classified as other income/(expense). The remaining Tabcorp swaps were cash settled
subsequent to balance date.
Total return swap derivative asset
Total return swap derivative liability
Net fair value
Group sensitivity
2012
$’000
–
(11,036)
(11,036)
2011
$’000
7,775
–
7,775
The sensitivity to movement in fair value of the total return swaps on the after-tax profit and loss of the Group as a result of
a 10% movement in Tabcorp’s share price would be $3.2 million.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
129
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(c) Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other
receivables and derivative instruments. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from the potential default of the
counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Exposure at balance date
is outlined under each applicable note.
The Group does not hold any credit derivatives or collateral to offset its credit exposure.
All investment and financial instruments activity is with approved counterparties with investment grade ratings and is in
accordance with approved policies. There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group and the aggregate
value of transactions is spread amongst a number of financial institutions to minimise the risk of default of counterparties.
Credit risk in trade receivables is managed in the following ways:
(i) The provision of credit is covered by a risk assessment process for all customers.
(ii) Concentrations of credit risk are minimised by undertaking transactions with a large number of customers.
(iii) The provision of cheque-cashing facilities for gaming patrons is subject to detailed policies and procedures designed to
minimise any potential loss, including the taking up of bank opinions and the use of a central credit agency which collates
information from major casinos around the world.
130
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(d) Liquidity Risk
It is the Group’s objective to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of cash reserves,
committed bank lines and capital markets debt in order to meet its financial commitments in a timely manner.
At balance date 1.7% or $29 million of the Group’s debt will mature in less than 12 months (2011: 1.8%).
As at balance date the Group had $506 million in undrawn committed bank lines.
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
Maturity analysis of financial assets and liabilities
The table below analyses the Group’s contractual undiscounted cash flows of financial assets and financial liabilities, net and
gross settled derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at balance date
to the contractual maturity date.
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
1 year or less
1 to 5 years
more than 5 years
Total
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
149,353
183,699
Receivables – trade
201,525
123,330
Receivables – associates
Total return swap contracts
209
–
426
7,775
Forward exchange
contracts receivable
Cross currency interest
rate swaps receivable
14,789
17,453
–
10,154
92,713
–
–
–
11,078
71,575
–
91,754
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
149,353
183,699
211,679
134,408
48,824
92,922
120,825
–
–
–
7,775
14,789
109,207
Total financial assets
371,934
338,470
127,100
197,555
115,109
164,564
614,143
700,589
6,058
5,787
24,233
23,148
115,109
115,740
145,400
144,675
Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
325,731
237,889
138
Capital markets
Bank loans
–
–
14,658
29,077
19,752 1,295,509
688,401
Total return swap contracts
11,036
–
Forward exchange
contracts payable
14,881
Interest rate swaps payable
10,809
20,128
5,882
–
–
1,630
–
59,875
5,883
–
–
–
–
325,869
237,889
355,422
361,306
370,080
361,306
–
–
–
–
– 1,324,586
708,153
–
–
–
11,036
–
14,881
12,439
80,003
11,765
Cross currency interest
rate swaps payable
12,312
12,312
49,248
49,248
233,928
246,240
295,488
307,800
Total financial liabilities
403,846
295,963 1,361,183
803,407
589,350
607,546 2,354,379 1,706,916
Net maturity
(31,912)
42,507 (1,234,083)
(605,852)
(474,241)
(442,982) (1,740,236) (1,006,327)
(e) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities approximates the carrying value as at balance date.
The Group uses various methods in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument. The methods comprise:
Level One – the fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets;
Level Two – the fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included in Level One that are observable
for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and
Level Three – the fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
131
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the Year ended 30 June 2012
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(e) Fair Value of Financial Instruments continued
The fair value of the financial instruments as well as the methods used to estimate the fair value are summarised in the
table below.
Receivable on forward exchange contracts
–
337
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Year ended 30 June 2012
Financial Assets
Derivative Instruments
Investments
Shares – listed (Australia)
Shares – unlisted (Australia)
Shares – unlisted (North America)
Financial Liabilities
Derivative Instruments
Payables on interest rate swaps
Payables on cross currency swaps
Payables on total return swaps
Year ended 30 June 2011
Financial Assets
Derivative Instruments
Receivable on total return swaps
Receivable on forward exchange contracts
Investments
Shares – unlisted (Australia)
Shares – unlisted (North America)
Financial Liabilities
Derivative Instruments
Payables on interest rate swaps
Payables on cross currency swaps
Payables on forward exchange contracts
Valuation Technique
Quoted
market price
Observable
inputs
Non market
observable
Level One
$’000
Level Two
$’000
Level Three
$’000
Total
$’000
353,362
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
37,305
63,671
337
353,362
37,305
63,671
353,362
337
100,976
454,675
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
11,331
8,515
11,036
30,882
7,775
24,051
–
–
31,826
10,970
63,255
2,276
76,501
–
–
–
–
–
–
37,633
61,025
98,658
–
–
–
–
11,331
8,515
11,036
30,882
7,775
24,051
37,633
61,025
130,484
10,970
63,255
2,276
76,501
There have been no transfers during the financial year ended 30 June 2012.
132
35. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(e) Fair Value of Financial Instruments continued
N
o
t
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
i
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Reconciliation of Level Three fair value movements:
Opening balance
Other Comprehensive Income
Closing Balance
2012
$’000
2011
$’000
98,658
106,634
2,318
100,976
(7,976)
98,658
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
133
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r
l
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED
Shareholder Information
Substantial shareholders as at 14 September 2012:
The following information is extracted from substantial shareholder notices received by Crown.
Shareholder
Consolidated Press Holdings Limited
Perpetual Limited
Number of
ordinary
Shares
% of Issued
Capital
350,311,967
48.09%
62,245,378
8.55%
Holders of each class of securities
Crown only has ordinary shares on issue. The total number of ordinary shares on issue is 728,394,185 held by 48,349
shareholders.
Voting rights of ordinary shares
Crown’s Constitution sets out the information in relation to the voting rights attached to shares. In summary, at a general
meeting on a show of hands, every member present has one vote; and on a poll, every member present has:
(a) one vote for each fully paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member is entitled to vote; and
(b) a fraction of a vote for each partly paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member is entitled to vote,
equivalent to the proportion which the amount paid on the share bears to the total amount paid and payable on the share.
Distribution of shareholders as at 14 September 2012:
Size of Holdings
1 – 1,000
1,001 – 5000
5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
100,001+
Total
Holding less than a marketable parcel
Number of
Shareholders
% of Issued
Capital
31,472
14,975
1,270
550
82
48,349
2,833
1.74
4.30
1.20
1.59
91.17
100.00
134
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
The 20 largest shareholders as at 14 September 2012:
Name
Number of
Shares
% of Issued
Capital
BAREAGE PTY LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED PRESS HOLDINGS LIMITED
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED
NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED
J.P. MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED
158,486,104
153,863,935
85,941,969
55,196,554
54,758,113
RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above